Abstract

Beams of light interacting with nonlinear-optical materials naturally form complex transverse profiles. Self-focusing, filamentation, modulational instabilities, spontaneous pattern formation and symmetry breaking, nonlinear waveguiding, and transverse mode excitation are but some of the many phenomena that are observed in lasers, in optical bistability, and in the free interaction of beams. As an introduction to a special issue of the Journal of the Optical Society of America B on transverse effects in nonlinear-optical systems, we provide this overview of history and current work.

© 1990 Optical Society of America

Full Article  |  PDF Article

References

  • View by:
  • |
  • |
  • |

  1. L. A. Lugiato and L. M. Narducci, “Single- and multi-mode instabilities in quantum optical systems,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 34–45; “Single-mode and multimode instabilities in lasers and related optical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 1576–1587 (1985).
    [PubMed]
  2. G. Khitrova, J. F. Valley, and H. M. Gibbs, “Gain/feedback approach to optical instabilities in sodium vapor,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloque C2, 483–488 (1988).
  3. A. Yariv and P. Yeh, Optical Waves in Crystals (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1984).
  4. V. E. Zakharov and A. B. Shabat, “Exact theory of two-dimensional self-focusing and one-dimensional self-modulation of waves in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 61, 118–134 (1972) [Soviet Phys. JETP 34, 62–69 (1972)].
  5. Y. R. Shen, “Self-focusing: experimental,” Prog. Quantum Electron. 4, 1–34 (1975).
    [CrossRef]
  6. J. H. Marburger, “Self-focusing: theory,” Prog. Quantum Electron. 4, 35–110 (1975).
    [CrossRef]
  7. A. W. McCord, R. J. Ballagh, and J. Cooper, “Dispersive self-focusing in atomic media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1323–1334 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  8. M. D. Feit and J. A. Fleck, “Beam nonparaxiality, filament formation, and beam breakup in the self-focusing of optical beams,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 633–640 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  9. M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Suppression of small-scale self-focusing in diverging beams,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 164–166 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 104–106 (1988)].
  10. A. Yu. Okulov and A. N. Oraevskii, “Compensation of self-focussing distortions in quasiresonant amplification of a light pulse,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 369–376 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 233–237 (1988)].
  11. M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Methods for control of the radiation under diffraction,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 288–292 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 183–185 (1988)]; “Small-scale two-dimensional self-focusing,” Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 299, 868–870 (1988) [Sov. Phys. Dokl. 33, 263–266 (1988)].
  12. T. Karr, J. Morris, D. Chambers, J. Viecelli, and P. Cramer, “Perturbation growth by thermal blooming in turbulence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1103–1124 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  13. P. B. Corkum and C. Rolland, “Self-focusing and continuum generation in gases,” in The Supercontinuum Laser Source, R. R. Alfano, ed. (Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989), pp. 318–336.
    [CrossRef]
  14. L. Gagnon, “Exact solutions for optical wave propagation including transverse effects,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1098–1102 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  15. D. J. Harter and R. W. Boyd, “Four-wave mixing resonantly enhanced by ac-Stark-split levels in self-trapped filaments of light,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 739–748 (1984).
    [CrossRef]
  16. H. M. Gibbs, B. Bolger, F. P. Mattar, M. C. Newstein, G. Forster, and P. E. Toschek, “Coherent on-resonance self-focusing of optical pulses in absorbers,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1743–1746 (1976).
    [CrossRef]
  17. M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, K. Tai, H. M. Gibbs, M. C. Rushford, and N. Peyghambarian, “Continuous-wave off-resonance rings and continuous-wave on-resonance enhancement,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 591–605 (1984).
    [CrossRef]
  18. G. Giusfredi, J. F. Valley, R. Pon, G. Khitrova, and H. M. Gibbs, “Optical instabilities in sodium vapor,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1181–1192 (1988); E. A. Chauchard and Y. H. Meyer, “On the origin of the so-called conical emission in laser pulse propagation in atomic vapor,” Opt. Commun. 52, 141–144 (1984); G. X. Jin, J. M. Yuan, L. M. Narducci, Y. S. Liu, and E. J. Seibert, “Theoretical and experimental studies of conical Stokes emission,” Opt. Commun. 68, 379–384 (1988); S.-M. Liu, G.-Y. Zhang, J.-L. Wang, and X.-Y. Ma, “Quasiperiodic oscillations in photoinduced conical light scattering from LiNbO3:Fe crystals,” Opt. Commun. 70, 185–189 (1989); see also Refs. 103–106 below.
    [CrossRef]
  19. J. F. Valley, G. Khitrova, H. M. Gibbs, J. W. Grantham, and Xu Jiajin, “Cw conical emission: first comparison and agreement between theory and experiment,” submitted to Phys. Rev. Lett.
  20. M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and J.-J. Zondy, “Linear analysis of single-feedback mirror spatiotemporal instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  21. F. P. Mattar, “The Raman solitons,” in Advances in Laser Science II, AIP Conf. Proc.160, 422–429 (1987); see also “Self-action instabilities in the simultaneous propagation of short different-wavelength pulses in three-level absorbers,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 343–345.
  22. M. D. Duncan, R. Mahon, L. L. Tankersley, and J. Reintjes, “Control of transverse spatial modes in transient stimulated Raman amplification,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  23. R. A. Fisher, ed., Optical Phase Conjugation (Academic, New York, 1983); B. T. Zel’dovich, N. F. Pipiletsky, and V. V. Shkunov, Principles of Phase Conjugation (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1985).
    [CrossRef]
  24. H. M. Gibbs, Optical Bistability—Controlling Light with Light (Academic, New York, 1985).
  25. L. A. Lugiato, “Optical bistability,” in Progress in Optics, E. Wolf, ed. (North Holland, Amsterdam, 1984), Vol. 21, pp. 69–216.
    [CrossRef]
  26. A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Orozco, and H. J. Kimble, “Observa tion of absorptive bistability with two-level atoms in a ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 2569–2572 (1983); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, and A. T. Rosenberger, “Quantitative test of the single-mode theory of optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 62, 54–60 (1987); L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Optical bistability in the mixed absorptive-dispersive regime with two-state atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 3248–3252 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  27. D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “Solitary waves as fixed points of infinite-dimensional maps in an optically bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 51, 75–78 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  28. K. Dworschak, J. E. Sipe, and H. M. van Dreil, “Solid–melt patterns induced on silicon by a continuous laser beam at nonnormal incidence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 981–989 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  29. H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, and T. N. C. Venkatesan, “Differential gain and bistability using a sodium-filled Fabry–Perot interferometer,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 36, 1135–1138 (1976).
    [CrossRef]
  30. R. J. Ballagh, J. Cooper, M. W. Hamilton, W. J. Sandle, and D. M. Warrington, “Optical bistability in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 37, 143–148 (1981); E. Arimondo, A. Gozzini, F. Lovitch, and E. Pistelli, “Microwave dispersive bistability in a confocal Fabry–Perot microwave cavity,” in Optical Bistability, C. M. Bowden, M. Ciftan, and H. R. Robl, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1981), pp. 151–171; P. D. Drummond, “Optical bistability in a radially varying mode,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 301–306 (1981); L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of the radial variation of the electric field on some instabilities in optical bistability and lasers,” in Optical Bistability II, C. M. Bowden, H. M. Gibbs, and S. L. McCall, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1984), pp. 397–405.
    [CrossRef]
  31. H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, T. N. C. Gossard, A. Passner, and W. Wiegman, “Optical bistability in semiconductors,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 451–453 (1979).
    [CrossRef]
  32. D. A. B. Miller, S. D. Smith, and A. Johnston, “Optical bistability and signal amplification in a semiconductor crystal: applications of new low-power nonlinear effects in InSb,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 658–660 (1979).
    [CrossRef]
  33. W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Theory of Gaussian-beam optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 40, 233–238 (1982).
    [CrossRef]
  34. J. V. Moloney, M. R. Belic, and H. M. Gibbs, “Calculation of transverse effects in optical bistability using fast Fourier transform techniques,” Opt. Commun. 41, 379–382 (1982).
    [CrossRef]
  35. N. N. Rosanov and V. E. Semenov, “The kinetics of the hysteresis change of the beam-profile in nonlinear interferometers,” Opt. Commun. 38, 435–438 (1981).
    [CrossRef]
  36. N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in a nonlinear interferometer: I. Switching waves and steady-state profiles,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 354–360 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 193–197 (1982)].
  37. J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
    [CrossRef]
  38. Yu. I. Balkarei, M. E. Evtikhov, J. V. Moloney, and Yu. A. Rzhanov, “Self-focusing effects in a bistable semiconductor interferometer,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7,(1990).
    [CrossRef]
  39. J. Moloney, H. Adachihara, R. Indik, R. Northcutt, D. McLaughlin, and A. Newell, “Modulational induced optical pattern formation in a passive optical feedback system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  40. L. A. Lugiato and R. Lefever, “Spatial dissipative structures in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 58, 2209–2211 (1987); L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. Sartirana, W. Kaige, L. M. Narducci, G.-L. Oppo, F. Prati, and G. Broggi, “Spatial symmetry breaking in optical systems,” in Neural and Synergetic Computers, H. Haken, ed. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1988), pp. 242–251; L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Instabilities in passive optical systems: temporal and spatial patterns,” in Instabilities and Chaos in Quantum Optics II, N. B. Abraham, F. T. Arecchi, and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1988), pp. 231–245.
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  41. L. A. Lugiato, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Optical Bistability and Lasers,” in Lasers and Synergetics, R. Graham and A. Wunderlin, eds. (Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1987), pp. 53–71.
    [CrossRef]
  42. R. F. Rodríguez, M. San Miguel, and M. Aguado, “Fluctuations and symmetry restoring in the Turing optical instability,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems, L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 262–267.
  43. G. S. McDonald and W. J. Firth, “Spatial solitary-wave optical memory,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  44. S. Akhmanov, M. A. Vorontsov, and V. V. Ivanov, “Large-scale transverse nonlinear interactions in laser beams; new types of nonlinear waves; onset of ‘Optical turbulence,’ ” Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 47, 611–614 (1988) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 47, 707–711 (1988)].
  45. N. N. Rosanov and G. V. Khodova, “Diffractive autosolitons in nonlinear interferometers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1057–1065 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  46. S. C. Sheng and A. E. Siegman, “Nonlinear optical calculations using fast transform methods: second harmonic generation with depletion and diffraction,” Phys. Rev. A 21, 599–606 (1980).
    [CrossRef]
  47. D. Weaire, J. P. Kermode, and V. M. Dwyer, “The role of diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 55, 223–228 (1985).
    [CrossRef]
  48. W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion effects in bistable optical arrays,” in Optical Bistability III, H. M. Gibbs, P. Mandel, N. Peyghambarian, and S. D. Smith, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986), pp. 197–201.
  49. W. J. Firth, C. T. Seaton, E. M. Wright, and S. D. Smith, “Spatial hysteresis in optical bistability,” Appl. Phys. B 28, 131–132 (1982).
    [CrossRef]
  50. M. Dagenais and H. G. Winful, “Low power transverse optical bistability near bound excitons in cadmium sulfide,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 44, 574–576 (1984).
    [CrossRef]
  51. A. K. Kar, J. G. H. Mathew, S. D. Smith, B. Davis, and W. Prettl, “Optical bistability in InSb at room temperature with two-photon excitation,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 42, 334–336 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  52. W. J. Firth, A. Fitzgerald, and C. Paré, “Transverse instabilities due to counterpropagation in Kerr media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1087–1097 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  53. E. M. Wright, W. J. Firth, and I. Galbraith, “Beam propagation in a medium with a diffusive Kerr-type nonlinearity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 383–386 (1985).
    [CrossRef]
  54. W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion and diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 1005–1009 (1985).
    [CrossRef]
  55. A. V. Grigor’yants and I. N. Dyuzhikhov, “Multiple-order spatial hysteresis and radial variation of output in an indium antimonide bistable cavity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
  56. J. Young, H. Richardson, H. A. Mackenzie, E. Abraham, and D. J. Hagan, “Cross talk between bistable elements on an InSb étalon,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 3–10 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  57. N. N. Rosanov, “Switching waves in a bistable interferometer with inertial nonlinearity,” Opt. Spektrosk. 55, 1081–1084 (1983) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 55, 658–659 (1983)].
  58. W. J. Firth and I. Galbraith, “Diffusive transverse coupling of bistable elements—switching waves and crosstalk,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 1399–1403 (1985).
    [CrossRef]
  59. W. J. Firth, “Optically bistable arrays and chaotic dynamics,” Phys. Lett. A 125, 375–379 (1987).
    [CrossRef]
  60. W. J. Firth, “Optical memory and spatial chaos,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 329–332 (1988).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  61. Y. A. Rzhanov and Yu. D. Kalafati, “Spatial structure multistability in an array of optically bistable elements,” Opt. Commun. 70, 161–165 (1989).
    [CrossRef]
  62. E. Abraham, C. Godsalve, and B. S. Wherrett, “Operation characteristics of pixellated nonlinear interference filters,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 43–46 (1988).
  63. A. K. Kar, R. M. Harris, G. S. Buller, S. D. Smith, and A. C. Walker, “Pixellation of opto-thermal bistable devices for switch power and crosstalk reduction,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 443–446 (1988).
  64. H. Richardson and E. Abraham, “Effect of pixelation on the switching speeds of InSb bistable elements,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1051–1057 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  65. D. A. B. Miller, “Optoelectronic applications of quantum wells,” Opt. Photon. News 1 (1), 7–15 (1990); “Multiple quantum well nonlinearities: bistability from increasing absorption and the self electro-optic device,” Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 239–244 (1984).
    [CrossRef]
  66. N. Rosanov, A. Federov, and V. Shashkin, “Formation and dynamics of spatial structures in increasing absorption bistable schemes,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.
  67. K. Ikeda, “Multiple-valued stationary state and its instability of the transmitted light by a ring cavity system,” Opt. Commun. 30, 257–261 (1979).
    [CrossRef]
  68. J. Y. Gao, J. M. Yuan, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities and chaotic behavior in a hybrid bistable system with a short delay,” Opt. Commun. 44, 201–206 (1983); J. Y. Gao, L. M. Narducci, H. Sadiky, M. Squicciarini, and J. M. Yuan, “Higher order bifurcations in a bistable system with delay,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 901–905 (1984).
    [CrossRef]
  69. M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and H. M. Gibbs, “High dimension chaotic attractors of a nonlinear ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 274–277 (1986); M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, H. M. Gibbs, D. L. Kaplan, and M. H. Rose, “Conjecture on the dimensions of chaotic attractors of delayed feedback dynamical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 4020–4022 (1987).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  70. N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse field structure in nonlinear bistable interferometers. II: Time dependent regimes,” Kvantovaya Electron. (Moscow) 9, 361–363 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 198–200 (1982)].
  71. J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
    [CrossRef]
  72. D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “New class of instabilities in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 681–684 (1985).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  73. J. V. Moloney, F. A. Hopf, and H. M. Gibbs, “Effect of transverse beam variation on bifurcations in an intrinsic bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 3442–3445 (1982).
    [CrossRef]
  74. W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Oscillations and chaos in a Fabry–Perot bistable cavity with a Gaussian input beam,” Phys. Lett. A 92, 211–216 (1982).
    [CrossRef]
  75. J. V. Moloney, H. Adachihara, D. W. McLaughlin, and A. C. Newell, “Fixed points and chaotic dynamics of an infinite dimensional map,” in Chaos, Noise and Fractals, E. D. R. Pike and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Hilger, Bristol, UK, 1987), p. 137.
  76. J. V. Moloney, “Modulational instabilities in passive optical resonators,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 315–318.
  77. L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of Gaussian-beam averaging on laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 15–17 (1985).
    [CrossRef]
  78. L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Transverse effects and self-pulsing in optical bistability,” Z. Phys. B 50, 171–179 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  79. L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Disappearance of laser instabilities in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 46, 57–60 (1983); L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities in passive and active systems with a Gaussian transverse intensity profile,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1366–1376 (1984).
    [CrossRef]
  80. S. Stuut and M. Sargent, “Effects of Gaussian-beam averaging on phase conjugation and beat-frequency spectroscopy,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 95–101 (1984).
    [CrossRef]
  81. D. A. Holm, M. Sargent, and L. M. Hoffer, “Quantum theory of multiwave mixing. III. Averages over inhomogeneous broadening, spatial hole-burning, and Gaussian beams,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 963–973 (1985).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  82. L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Transverse effects and noise in optical instabilities,” Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 291–297 (1984).
    [CrossRef]
  83. L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Intrinsic dynamical instability in optical bistability with two-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 53, 2547–2550 (1984); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Lugiato, M. L. Asquini, M. Brambilla, and L. M. Narducci, “Single-mode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 1235–1252 (1989).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  84. B. Ségard, B. Macke, L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, and M. Brambilla, “Multimode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 703–722 (1989); B. Ségard, W. Sergent, B. Macke, and N. B. Abraham, “Second side-mode instability in optical bistability with a two-level homogeneously broadened medium,” Phys. Rev. A. 39, 6029–6032 (1989).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  85. G. I. Stegeman and R. H. Stolen, eds., Feature on Nonlinear Guided-Wave Phenomena, J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 264–574 (1988); see also long sections on nonlinear waveguides in Optical Bistability III, H. M. Gibbs, P. Mandel, N. Peyghambarian, and S. D. Smith, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986) and in Optical Bistability IV, W. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, (1988), and references therein.
    [CrossRef]
  86. C. K. R. T. Jones and J. V. Moloney, “Instability of standing waves in nonlinear waveguides,” Phys. Lett. A 117A, 175–180 (1986).
    [CrossRef]
  87. E. M. Wright, G. I. Stegeman, C. T. Seaton, J. V. Moloney, and A. D. Boardman, “Multisoliton emission from a nonlinear waveguide,” Phys. Rev. A 34, 4442–4444 (1986).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  88. W. J. Tomlinson, J. P. Gordon, P. W. Smith, and A. E. Kaplan, “Reflection of a Gausian beam at a nonlinear interface,” Appl. Opt. 21, 2041–2051 (1982).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  89. J. V. Moloney, “Transverse effects in nonlinear optics,” in Instabilities and Chaos in Quantum Optics II, N. B. Abraham, F. T. Arecchi, and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1988), pp. 193–218.
    [CrossRef]
  90. N. F. Akhmediev, R. F. Nabiev, and Yu. M. Popov, “Angle-dependent nonlinear modes of a cylindrical waveguide,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 975–980 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  91. I. Golub and R. Tremblay, “Light focusing and guiding by an axicon-pair-generated tubular light beam,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  92. D. R. Heatley, E. M. Wright, and G. I. Stegeman, “Numerical calculations of spatial localized wave emission from a nonlinear waveguide: two-level saturable media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 990–997 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  93. G. Li and S. R. Seshadri, “Excitation of nonlinear surface polaritons supported by a metal–vacuum interface,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 998–1012 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  94. N. Vyssotina, N. Rosanov, and V. Smirnov, “Instability of guided-wave transverse structure in layered nonlinear systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  95. A. B. Aceves, P. Varatharajah, A. C. Newell, E. M. Wright, G. L. Stegeman, D. R. Heatley, J. V. Moloney, and H. Adachihara, “Particle aspects of collimated light channel propagation at nonlinear interfaces and in waveguides,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 963–974 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  96. G. P. Agrawal, “Transverse modulation instability of copropagating optical beams in nonlinear Kerr media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1072–1078 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  97. G. G. Luther and C. J. McKinstrie, “Transverse modulational instability of collinear waves,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1125–1141 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  98. K. Hayata, A. Misawa, and M. Koshiba, “Spatial polarization instabilities due to transverse effects in nonlinear guided-wave systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  99. W. J. Firth, A. Fitzgerald, and C. Paré, “Transverse modulational instabilities in Kerr media,” in Coherence and Quantum Optics VI, J. Eberly, L. Mandel, and E. Wolf, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990).
  100. G. Grynberg, “Mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in atomic vapors,” Opt. Commun. 66, 321–324 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  101. G. Grynberg and J. Paye, “Spatial instability for a standing wave in a nonlinear medium,” Europhys. Lett. 8, 29–33 (1989).
    [CrossRef]
  102. W. J. Firth and C. Paré, “Transverse modulational instabilities for counterpropagating beams in Kerr Media,” Opt. Lett. 13, 1096–1098 (1988).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  103. J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Sodium phase-conjugate oscillator in a combusting environment,” Opt. Lett. 12, 693–695 (1987).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  104. J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Conical emissions and phase conjugation in atomic sodium vapor,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 25, 395–402 (1989).
    [CrossRef]
  105. J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Degenerate conical emissions in atomic-sodium vapor,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  106. G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  107. D. Brady and D. Psaltis, “Perceptron learning in optical neural computers,” in Optical Computing, B. S. Wherrett and F. A. P. Tooley, eds. (SUSSP Publications, Edinburgh, 1989).
  108. N. B. Abraham, P. Mandel, and L. M. Narducci, “Dynamical instabilities and pulsations in lasers,” in Progress in Optics, E. Wolf, ed. (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1988), Vol. XXV, pp. 1–199 (see especially pp. 20–21); Ya. I. Khanin, Dynamics of Quantum Oscillators (Sovetskoye Radio, Moscow, 1975) (in Russian; version in translation to be published by North-Holland).
    [CrossRef]
  109. J. P. Goldsborough, “Beat frequencies between modes of a concave-mirror optical resonator,” Appl. Opt. 3, 267–275 (1964); J. Katzenstein, G. Magyar, and A. C. Selden, “Laser Q-switching by organic solvents,” Opto-Electron. 1, 13–19 (1969); S. V. Gaponov, A. G. Goncharov, G. A. Kraftmakher, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Obtaining a giant pulse in a solid state laser with the aid of organic solvents,” Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 370–373 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 248–250 (1970)]; S. V. Gaponov, L. V. Paramonov, N. N. Salashchenko, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Nonlinear optical effects responsible for giant pulses emitted by a neodymium laser with an organic liquid inside its resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 7, 2432–2436 (1980) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 10, 1415–1418 (1980); A. Drobnik and L. Wolf, “Influence of self-focussing on the operation of a neodymium glass laser,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 5, 462–464 (1978) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 8, 274–275 (1978)]; M. C. Marconi, O. E. Martinez, and F. P. Diodati, “Q switching by self-focusing,” Opt. Lett. 10, 402–404 (1985); “Second threshold condition in the case of Q switching by self-focusing,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 3, 1630–1636 (1986).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  110. L. W. Casperson and A. Yariv, “Gain and dispersion focusing in a high gain laser,” Appl. Opt. 11, 462–466 (1972); “The Gaussian mode in optical resonators with a radial gain profile,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 355–357 (1968).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  111. C. Freed and H. A. Haus, “Lamb dip in CO lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 219–226 (1973); H. Maeda and K. Shimoda, “The theory of a gas laser with a Gaussian field profile,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1235–1239 (1975).
    [CrossRef]
  112. G. Stephan and M. Trumper, “Inhomogeneity effects in a gas laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2344–2362 (1983); S. Asami, H. Gamo, and T. Tako, “Asymmetrical Lamb dip in a high-gain 3.5 μ m xenon laser. I. Experimental,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 22, 88–93 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  113. G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Mode structure of active resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 911–918 (1973); “The effect of radial radiation transport on intensity characteristics and oscillation frequency of homogeneously broadened lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974); W. J. Witteman and G. J. Ernst, “On the saturation effects and start jump of Gaussian modes in oscillators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-11, 198–204 (1975); W. J. Firth, B. S. Wherrett, and D. Wearie, “Theory of spin-flip laser modes—I: Threshold modulation and tuning behavior,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-12, 218–225 (1976).
    [CrossRef]
  114. T. G. Dziura, “Beyond mean field and plane wave theories of bistable semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-22, 651–654 (1986).
    [CrossRef]
  115. G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, F. T. Arecchi, and J. R. Tredicce, “Evidence that transverse effects cause an instability in a single-mode CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 3978–3981 (1987); G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and F. T. Arecchi, “Spontaneous oscillations in a single mode CO2 laser in a Fabry–Perot cavity,” in Optical Chaos, J. Chrostowski and N. B. Abraham, eds., Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng.667, 41–46 (1986).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  116. C. M. Stickley, “Observation of beats between transverse modes in Ruby lasers,” Proc. IEEE 51, 848–849 (1963).
    [CrossRef]
  117. D. H. Auston, “Transverse mode locking,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 420 (1968); “Forced and spontaneous phase locking of the transverse modes of a He–Ne laser,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 471–473 (1968).
    [CrossRef]
  118. K. I. Kohiyama, T. Fukioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Self-locking of transverse higher-order modes in a He–Ne laser,” Proc. IEEE 56, 333–335 (1968).
    [CrossRef]
  119. P. W. Smith, “Simultaneous phase locking of longitudinal and transverse laser modes,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 13, 235–237 (1968).
    [CrossRef]
  120. Y. Watanabe, T. Fujioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Phase locking phenomena of multitransverse longitudinal modes in He–Ne lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 880–884 (1968).
    [CrossRef]
  121. C. P. Wang and R. L. Varwig, “Competition of longitudinal and transverse modes in a cw HF chemical laser,” Opt. Commun. 34, 103–107 (1980).
    [CrossRef]
  122. N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
    [CrossRef]
  123. C. O. Weiss and H. King, “Oscillation period doubling chaos in a laser,” Opt. Commun. 44, 59–61 (1982).
    [CrossRef]
  124. C. O. Weiss, A. Godone, and A. Olafsson, “Routes to chaotic emission in a cw He–Ne laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 892–895 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  125. C. O. Weiss, “Observation of instabilities and chaos in optically pumped far-infrared lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 137–140 (1985).
    [CrossRef]
  126. R. Hauck, F. Hollinger, and H. Weber, “Chaotic and periodic emission on high power solid state lasers,” Opt. Commun. 47, 141–145 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  127. D. J. Biswas and R. G. Harrison, “Experimental evidence of three-mode quasiperiodicity and chaos in a single longitudinal, multi-transverse-mode cw CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 3835–3837 (1985); “Observation of pulsating instabilities and chaos in a transversely excited atmospheric pressure CO2laser,” Opt. Commun. 57, 193–195 (1986).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  128. N. J. Halas, S. N. Liu, and N. B. Abraham, “Route to mode locking in a three-mode He–Ne 3.39-μ m laser including chaos in the secondary beat frequency,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2915–2920 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  129. N. G. Basov, V. N. Morozov, and A. N. Oraevskii, “Nonlinear mode interactions in lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 895–904 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 622–628 (1966)].
  130. A. F. Suchkov, “Effect of inhomogeneities on the operation regime of solid-state lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 1495–1503 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 1026–1031 (1966)].
  131. A. F. Suchkov, “Electrodynamics of a laser with an open resonator and active medium inhomogeneities,” Tr. Fiz. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR 53, 161 (1968).
  132. R. G. Allakhverdyan, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of waveguide properties of a p-n junction on the coherent emission of gallium arsenide laser diodes,” Fiz. Tekhnol. Poluprovodn. 4, 341–346 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Semicond. 4, 277–281 (1970)].
  133. V. E. Kuzin and A. F. Suchkov, “Operation of a laser with a planar resonator at high pumping levels,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 3, 53–58 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 236–239 (1972)].
  134. L. A. Rivlin, Dynamics of Radiation of Semiconductor Quantum Oscillators (Soviet Radio Publishers, Moscow, 1976) (in Russian).
  135. I. M. Belousova, G. N. Vinokurov, O. B. Danilov, and N. N. Rozanov, “Mode interaction in a Gas laser with spherical mirror resonators,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 1146–1156 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 761–767 (1967)].
  136. F. Hollinger and Chr. Jung, “Single-longitudinal-mode laser as a discrete dynamical system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 218–225 (1985).
    [CrossRef]
  137. F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Quasiperiodicity versus chaos in high power solid state lasers in multitransversal mode operation,” Opt. Commun. 75, 84–92 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  138. F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Simple mathematical model describing multitransversal solid-state lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1013–1018 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  139. L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, J. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and M. A. Pernigo, “Instabilities and spatial complexity in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1019–1033 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  140. Chr. Tamm and C. O. Weiss, “Bistability and optical switching of spatial patterns in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1034–1038 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  141. L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, and L. M. Narducci, “Cooperative frequency locking and stationary spatial structures in lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 879–888 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  142. L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, P. Ru, J. R. Tredicce, and D. K. Bandy, “Role of transverse effects in laser instabilities,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3847–3866 (1988).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  143. L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and D. K. Bandy, “Spontaneous spatial pattern formation in lasers and cooperative frequency locking,” Opt. Commun. 68, 63–68 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  144. L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, and G.-L. Oppo, “Spontaneous breaking of the cylindrical symmetry in lasers,” Opt. Commun. 69, 387–392 (1989).
    [CrossRef]
  145. Chr. Tamm, “Detecting the ‘hidden’ bistability of the optical phase pattern,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 465–468.
  146. Chr. Tamm, “Frequency locking of two transverse optical modes of a laser,” Phys. Rev. A 38, 5960–5963 (1988).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  147. Chr. Tamm and C. O. Weiss, “Spontaneous breaking of cylindrical symmetry in an optically pumped laser,” Opt. Commun. (to be published).
  148. J. R. Tredicce, E. J. Quel, A. M. Ghazzawi, C. Green, and M. A. Pernigo, “Spatial and temporal instabilities in a CO2 laser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 62, 1274–1277 (1989).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  149. L. A. Melnikov, S. Tatarkova, and G. N. Tatarkov, “Nonlinear dynamics of beam parameters and intensity in a unidirectional ring laser with a homogeneously broadened line,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  150. J. A. Fleck and R. E. Kidder, “Coupled mode laser oscillation,” J. Appl. Phys. 35, 2825–2831 (1964); “Stability of coupled-mode laser equations,” J. Appl. Phys. 36, 2327 (1965).
    [CrossRef]
  151. M. L. Shih and P. W. Milonni, “Coupled two-mode lasing,” Opt. Commun. 49, 155–160 (1984).
    [CrossRef]
  152. K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Stability analysis of transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 128, 154–159 (1981).
  153. J. C. Dyment and T. H. Zachos, “Injection-laser far-field patterns with Gaussian profiles in the junction plane,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 2923–2926 (1968).
    [CrossRef]
  154. F. R. Nash, “Mode guidance parallel to the junction plane of double heterostructure GaAs lasers,” J. Appl. Phys. 44, 4696–4707 (1973).
    [CrossRef]
  155. N. E. Byer and J. K. Butler, “Optical field distribution in close-confined laser structures,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 291–296 (1970).
    [CrossRef]
  156. T. H. Zchos and J. C. Dyment, “Resonant modes of GaAs junction lasers III: Propagation characteristics of laser beams with rectangular symmetry,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 317–324 (1970).
    [CrossRef]
  157. N. Chinone, K. Aiki, M. Nakamura, and R. Ito, “Effects of lateral mode and carrier density profile on dynamic behaviors of semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-14, 625–631 (1978).
    [CrossRef]
  158. D. C. Van Eck, “Wavefront measurements on semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-19, 966–968 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  159. J. Buus, “Models of the static and dynamic behavior of stripe geometry lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-19, 953–960 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  160. K. A. Shore, “Amplification properties of dynamics instabilities, Hopf bifurcation in semiconductor lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1211–1215 (1988), and references therein.
    [CrossRef]
  161. D. D. Cook and F. R. Nash, “Gain-induced guiding and astigmatic output beam of GaAs lasers,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1660–1672 (1975).
    [CrossRef]
  162. P. A. Kirkby, A. R. Goodwin, G. H. B. Thompson, and P. R. Selway, “Observations of self-focussing in stripe geometry semiconductor lasers and the development of a comprehensive model of their operation,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 705–719 (1977).
    [CrossRef]
  163. J. B. Delaney and J. K. Butler, “The effect of device geometry on lateral mode content of stripe geometry lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-15, 750–755 (1979).
    [CrossRef]
  164. H. G. Winful and S. S. Wang, “Stability of phase locking in coupled semiconductor laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 1894–1896 (1988); R. A. Elliott, R. K. DeFreez, T. L. Paoli, R. D. Burnham, and W. Streifer, “Dynamic characteristics of phase-locked array multiple quantum well injection lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 598–602 (1985); N. Yu, R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, R. A. Elliott, H. G. Winful, and D. F. Welch, “Observation of sustained self-pulsation in cw operated flared Y-coupled laser arrays,” Electron. Lett. 24, 1203–1204 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, K. Hartnett, R. A. Elliott, and H. G. Winful, “Spectral and picosecond temporal properties of flared-guide Y-coupled phase-locked laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 2380–2382 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, J. M. Hunt, H. Ximen, R. A. Elliott, N. W. Carlson, M. Lurie, G. A. Evans, J. M. Hammer, D. P. Bour, S. L. Palfrey, R. Amantea, H. G. Winful, and S. S. Wang, “Picosecond optical properties of a grating surface emitting two-dimensional coherent laser array,” IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett. 1, 209–211 (1989).
    [CrossRef]
  165. A. Z. Grasiuk and A. N. Oraevskiy, “The dynamics of quantum oscillators,” in Quantum Electronics and Coherent Light, P. A. Miles, ed. (Academic, New York, 1964), pp. 192–198; “Transient processes in molecular oscillators,” Radiotek, Elektron. 9, 524–532 (1964) [Rad. Eng. Electron. Phys. (USSR) 9, 424–430 (1963)]; A. V. Uspenskiy, “Pulsed operation mode in a two-level system,” Radiotek. Elektron. 8, 1165–1168 [Sov. Phys. Rad. Eng. Electron. Phys. 8, 1145–1148 (1963)]; V. V. Korobkin and A. V. Uspenskiy, “On the theory of the pulsations in the output of the ruby laser,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 45, 1003–1008 (1963) [Sov. Phys. JETP 18, 693–697 (1964)].
  166. H. Haken, “Theory of intensity and phase fluctuations of a homogeneously broadened laser,” Z. Phys. 190, 327–356 (1966); H. Risken, C. Schmid, and W. Weidlich, “Fokker-Planck equation, distribution and correlation functions for laser noise,” Z. Phys. 194, 337–359 (1966); E. N. Lorenz, “Deterministic nonperiodic flow,” J. Atmos. Sci. 20, 130 (1963); H. Haken, “Analogy between higher instabilities in fluids and lasers,” Phys. Lett. 53A, 77–78 (1975).
    [CrossRef]
  167. H. Risken and K. Nummedal, “Self-pulsing in laser,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 4662–4672 (1968); R. Graham and H. Haken, “Quantum theory of light propagation in a fluctuation laser-active medium,” Z. Phys. 213, 420–450 (1968).
    [CrossRef]
  168. A. Yu. Okulov and A. N. Oraevsky, “Space-temporal behavior of a light pulse propagating in a nonlinear nondispersive medium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 3, 741–746 (1986); A. Yu. Okulov, “Two-dimensional periodic structures in a nonlinear resonator,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B,  7, 1045–1050 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  169. A. Kostyuchenko, V. Kuznetsov, S. Federov, and M. Yur’ev, “Transverse profile instability of the laser beam in a pulsed excimer laser active medium,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.
  170. R. Lefever, L. A. Lugiato, W. Kaige, N. B. Abraham, and P. Mandel, “Kuramoto-Sivashinski equation for the laser,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems,” L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 171–186; “Phase dynamics of transverse diffraction patterns in the laser,” Phys. Lett. A 135, 254–268 (1989).
  171. P. Coullet, L. Gil, and F. Rocca, “Optical vortices,” Opt. Commun. 73, 403–408 (1989).
    [CrossRef]
  172. P. Coullet, “Defect-induced spatiotemporal chaos,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 367–374.
  173. G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, L. M. Narducci, and L. A. Lugiato, “Characterization of spatiotemporal structures in lasers: a progress report,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 395–404.
  174. W. Klische, C. O. Weiss, and B. Wellegehausen, “Spatiotemporal chaos from a continuous Na2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 919–922 (1989).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  175. D. Weaire and M. Al-Hourani, “Dynamics of optical Instability: a simple model,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1066–1071 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  176. V. L. Derbov, L. A. Melnikov, A. D. Novikov, and S. K. Potapov, “Transverse pattern formation and spectral characteristics of cw light beams in resonant media: an improved numerical simulation technique and mode analysis,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1079–1086 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  177. M. Haelterman, G. Vitrant, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. I: Modal theory,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  178. G. Vitrant, M. Haelterman, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. II. Modal analysis for normal and oblique incidence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
    [CrossRef]
  179. E. M. Wright, “Quantum theory of self-phase modulation,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1142–1146 (1990).
    [CrossRef]
  180. N. Tan-No, T. Hashimiya, and H. Inabe, “Dispersion-free amplification and oscillation in phase-conjugate four-wave mixing in an atomic vapor doublet,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-16, 147–153 (1980).
    [CrossRef]
  181. V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskiy, “Non-uniform population inversion effects in the dynamics of a single-mode solid-state laser,” Opt. Acta 21, 773 (1974).
    [CrossRef]
  182. M. G. Galushkin, L. V. Koval’chuk, A. Yu. Rodionov, A. M. Seregin, N. D. Ustinov, and N. V. Cheburkin, “Self interaction of radiation in a CO2 laser resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 868–871 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 570–572 (1985)].
  183. V. S. Golubev and F. V. Lebedev, “Stability of the emission from fast flow gas discharge industrial CO2lasers (review),” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 663–671 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 437–442 (1985).
  184. M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].
  185. Ch. Harder, K. Y. Lau, and A. Yariv, “Bistability and pulsations in semiconductor lasers with inhomogeneous current injection,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-18, 1351–1361 (1982).
    [CrossRef]
  186. O. O. Kilichev, “Characteristics of the behavior of nonlinear resonator modes,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 13, 1560–1565 (1986) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 16, 1019–1023 (1986)].
  187. B. S. Poh and T. E. Rozzi, “Intrinsic instabilities in narrow stripe geometry lasers caused by lateral current spreading,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 723–731 (1981).
    [CrossRef]
  188. B. S. Poh, T. E. Rozzi, and C. H. Velzel, “Single- and dual-filament self-sustained oscillations in DH injection lasers,” Solid State Electron. Dev. 3, 233–241 (1979).
  189. N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in nonlinear bistable interferometers. III. Dependence of the beam profile on the Fresnel number,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 10, 2355–2358 (1983) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 13, 1534–1536 (1984)].
  190. N. N. Rosanov, “Hysteresis phenomena in distributed optical systems,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 80, 96–108 (1981) [Sov. Phys. JETP 53, 47–53 (1981)].
  191. L.-G. Zhang, N.-P. Chen, and E.-X. Ba, “Effects of light feedback on CO2laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
  192. S. Trillo, S. Wabnitz, and G. I. Stegeman, “Nonlinear codirectional guided wave mode conversion in grating structures,” IEEE J. Lightwave Technol. 6, 971–976 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  193. P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Asymmetric semiconductor waveguide with defocusing nonlinearity,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-24, 2046–2051 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  194. P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Analysis of a nonlinear rib-structure semiconductor optical waveguide,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 6, 669–674 (1989).
    [CrossRef]
  195. C. J. McKinstrie and D. A. Russe, “Nonlinear focusing of coupled waves,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 2929–2932 (1988).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  196. C. J. McKinstre and R. Binghamton, “Modulational instability of coupled waves,” Phys. Fluids B 1, 230–237 (1989).
    [CrossRef]
  197. G. Grynberg and P. Verkerk, “Collision-aided self-focusing and self-defocusing in sodium vapor,” Opt. Commun. 61, 296–298 (1987).
    [CrossRef]
  198. H. Richardson, E. Abraham, and W. J. Firth, “Modelling of cross talk in 2-D bistable arrays with carrier diffusion,” Opt. Commun. 63, 199–204 (1987).
    [CrossRef]
  199. V. L. Broude, V. V. Zaika, V. I. Kravchenko, and M. S. Soskin, “Operation of the ruby laser with tilted mirrors,” Zh. Prikl. Spektrosk. 3, 225–229 (1965) [Sov. Phys. J. Appl. Spectrosc. 3, 162–165 (1965)].
  200. I. Freund, “Self Q-switching in ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 388–390 (1968).
    [CrossRef]
  201. R. J. Collins, L. O. Braun, and D. R. Dean, “A new method of giant pulsing ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 392–393 (1968).
    [CrossRef]
  202. R. C. Greenhow and A. J. Schmidt, “Undamped regular spiking of a ruby laser in a misaligned cavity,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 390–391 (1968).
    [CrossRef]
  203. J. W. Strozyk, “Observations on a concentric spherical cavity laser oscillator,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-3, 343–348 (1967).
    [CrossRef]
  204. A. L. Mikaeljan, V. F. Kuprishov, Yu. G. Turkov, Yu. V. Andreev, and A. A. Shcherbakova, Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 244–246 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 155–157 (1970)].
  205. G. L. Gurevich, L. Kh. Ingel’, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Influence of a nonlinear lens on the stability of steady-state laser emission,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 45–52 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 230–235 (1972)].
  206. V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskii, “Influence of the gain profile on the laser dynamics,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 51–56 (1973) [Sov. J. Quantum Elektron. 3, 208–210 (1973)].
  207. R. S. Afzal and N. M. Lawandy, “Bistable direction switching in an off-axis pumped continuous wave ruby laser,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 24, 1818–1820 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  208. R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of intensity pulsations on the stimulated emission spectrum of a semiconductor laser,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 102–107 (1974) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 4, 55–57 (1974)].
  209. K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  210. K. A. Shore, “Static and dynamic bifurcations in semiconductor lasers for device applications,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 19, S113–S119 (1987).
    [CrossRef]
  211. K. A. Shore, “Nonlinearities in laser diodes,” J. Phys. Chem. Solids 49, 659–665 (1988).
    [CrossRef]
  212. K. A. Shore, “Optical and electronic control of Hopf bifurcation in twin-stripe semiconductor lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 134, 51–54 (1987).
  213. K. A. Shore, “Optical limiter action in twin-stripe-geometry lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 129, 297–300 (1982).
  214. K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
    [CrossRef]
  215. K. A. Shore, “Static and dynamic bifurcations in semiconductor lasers for device applications,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 19, S113–S119 (1987).
    [CrossRef]
  216. K. A. Shore, “Optical and electronic control of Hopf bifurcation in twin-stripe semiconductor lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 134, 51–54 (1987).
  217. K. A. Shore, “Optical limiter action in twin-stripe-geometry lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 129, 297–300 (1982).
  218. P. A. Wolff, N. B. Abraham, and S. R. Smith, “Measurement of radial variation of 3.51 μ m gain in xenon discharge tubes,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 400–403 (1977).
    [CrossRef]
  219. G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Gain induced stability of active plane-parallel resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974).
    [CrossRef]
  220. L. W. Casperson, “Mode stability of lasers and periodic optical systems,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 629–634 (1974).
    [CrossRef]
  221. P. Burlamacchi, R. Pratesi, and L. Ronchi, “Self-guiding flash-lamp-pumped dye lasers,” Appl. Opt. 14, 79–93 (1975).
    [PubMed]
  222. U. Ganiel and Y. Silberberg, “Stability of optical resonators with an active medium, Appl. Opt. 14, 306–309 (1975).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  223. H. Kogelnik, “On the propagation of Gaussian beams of light through lenslike media including those with a loss or gain variation,” Appl. Opt. 4, 1562–1569 (1965).
    [CrossRef]
  224. L. W. Casperson, “Gaussian light beams in inhomogeneous media,” Appl. Opt. 12, 2434–2441 (1973).
    [CrossRef] [PubMed]
  225. H. Maeda, “Amplification of Gaussian beams through a gaseous medium,” J. Appl. Phys. 47, 3566–3568 (1976).
    [CrossRef]
  226. V. I. Logvinov and V. A. Tsar’kov, “Investigation of spatial and spectral distributions of spontaneous radiation emitted by a xenon-helium optical amplifier,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 50–54 (1976) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 6, 26–29 (1976)].
  227. L. W. Casperson and S. J. Sheldrake, “Beam deflection and isolation in laser amplifiers,” Opt. Commun. 12, 349–353 (1974).
    [CrossRef]
  228. D. L. Franzen and R. J. Collins, “Radial gain profiles in CO2laser discharges,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-8, 400–404 (1972).
    [CrossRef]
  229. A. D. White and E. I. Gordon, “Excitation mechanisms and current dependence of population inversion in HeNe lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 3, 197–199 (1963).
    [CrossRef]
  230. H. Gamo and H. Sato, “Pulse propagation in a partially homogeneously broadened linear gas laser amplifier: determination of line-shape parameters,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 3585–3596 (1975).
    [CrossRef]
  231. M. I. Molchanov, “The radial population inversion distribution in a He–Ne discharge for λ = .63μ m,” Radiotek. Elektron. 15, 1544–1546 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Radio Eng. Electron. Phys. 15, 1338–1340 (1970)].
  232. I. P. Mazanko, M. I. Molchanov, N.-D. D. Ogurok, and M. V. Sviridov, “Gain distribution measurement in He–Ne laser tubes,” Opt. Spektrosk. 30, 927–931 (1971) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 30, 495–497 (1971)].
  233. Y. V. Troitskii and V. P. Chebotaev, “Distribution of population inversion across an He–Ne discharge,” Opt. Spektrosk. 20, 362–364 (1966) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 20, 199–200 (1966)].
  234. V. A. Tsarkov and M. L. Molchanov, “Measurement of gain distribution in the tube of a helium-neon laser (λ = 0.63 μ m) under high frequency excitation,” Opt. Spektrosk. 35, 328–329 (1973) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 35, 191 (1973)].
  235. P. K. Cheo and H. G. Cooper, “Gain characteristics of CO2laser amplifiers at 10.6 microns,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-3, 79–84 (1967).
    [CrossRef]
  236. W. R. Bennett, “Hole-burning effects in a He–Ne optical maser,” Phys. Rev. 126, 580–593 (1962).
    [CrossRef]
  237. J. P. Goldsborough, “Beat frequencies between modes of a concave-mirror optical resonator,” Appl. Opt. 3, 267–275 (1964).
    [CrossRef]
  238. R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of the refractive index nonlinearity on the dynamics of emission from semiconductor lasers,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 53–59 (1971) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 1, 600–605 (1972)].
  239. V. E. Zakharov, V. V. Sobolev, and V. C. Synakh, “Behavior of light beams in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 60, 136–145 (1971) [Sov. Phys. JETP 33, 77–81 (1971)].
  240. V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Generation dynamics of a giant coherent light pulse,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 50, 1148–1155 (1966) [Sov. Phys. JETP 23, 763–767 (1966)].
  241. V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Dynamics of generation of giant coherent light pulses. II.,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 282–292 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 182–188 (1967)].

1990 (21)

T. Karr, J. Morris, D. Chambers, J. Viecelli, and P. Cramer, “Perturbation growth by thermal blooming in turbulence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1103–1124 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. Gagnon, “Exact solutions for optical wave propagation including transverse effects,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1098–1102 (1990).
[CrossRef]

K. Dworschak, J. E. Sipe, and H. M. van Dreil, “Solid–melt patterns induced on silicon by a continuous laser beam at nonnormal incidence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 981–989 (1990).
[CrossRef]

Yu. I. Balkarei, M. E. Evtikhov, J. V. Moloney, and Yu. A. Rzhanov, “Self-focusing effects in a bistable semiconductor interferometer,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7,(1990).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov and G. V. Khodova, “Diffractive autosolitons in nonlinear interferometers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1057–1065 (1990).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, A. Fitzgerald, and C. Paré, “Transverse instabilities due to counterpropagation in Kerr media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1087–1097 (1990).
[CrossRef]

H. Richardson and E. Abraham, “Effect of pixelation on the switching speeds of InSb bistable elements,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1051–1057 (1990).
[CrossRef]

D. A. B. Miller, “Optoelectronic applications of quantum wells,” Opt. Photon. News 1 (1), 7–15 (1990); “Multiple quantum well nonlinearities: bistability from increasing absorption and the self electro-optic device,” Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 239–244 (1984).
[CrossRef]

N. F. Akhmediev, R. F. Nabiev, and Yu. M. Popov, “Angle-dependent nonlinear modes of a cylindrical waveguide,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 975–980 (1990).
[CrossRef]

D. R. Heatley, E. M. Wright, and G. I. Stegeman, “Numerical calculations of spatial localized wave emission from a nonlinear waveguide: two-level saturable media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 990–997 (1990).
[CrossRef]

G. Li and S. R. Seshadri, “Excitation of nonlinear surface polaritons supported by a metal–vacuum interface,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 998–1012 (1990).
[CrossRef]

A. B. Aceves, P. Varatharajah, A. C. Newell, E. M. Wright, G. L. Stegeman, D. R. Heatley, J. V. Moloney, and H. Adachihara, “Particle aspects of collimated light channel propagation at nonlinear interfaces and in waveguides,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 963–974 (1990).
[CrossRef]

G. P. Agrawal, “Transverse modulation instability of copropagating optical beams in nonlinear Kerr media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1072–1078 (1990).
[CrossRef]

G. G. Luther and C. J. McKinstrie, “Transverse modulational instability of collinear waves,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1125–1141 (1990).
[CrossRef]

F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Quasiperiodicity versus chaos in high power solid state lasers in multitransversal mode operation,” Opt. Commun. 75, 84–92 (1990).
[CrossRef]

F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Simple mathematical model describing multitransversal solid-state lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1013–1018 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, J. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and M. A. Pernigo, “Instabilities and spatial complexity in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1019–1033 (1990).
[CrossRef]

Chr. Tamm and C. O. Weiss, “Bistability and optical switching of spatial patterns in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1034–1038 (1990).
[CrossRef]

D. Weaire and M. Al-Hourani, “Dynamics of optical Instability: a simple model,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1066–1071 (1990).
[CrossRef]

V. L. Derbov, L. A. Melnikov, A. D. Novikov, and S. K. Potapov, “Transverse pattern formation and spectral characteristics of cw light beams in resonant media: an improved numerical simulation technique and mode analysis,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1079–1086 (1990).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, “Quantum theory of self-phase modulation,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1142–1146 (1990).
[CrossRef]

1989 (10)

P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Analysis of a nonlinear rib-structure semiconductor optical waveguide,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 6, 669–674 (1989).
[CrossRef]

P. Coullet, L. Gil, and F. Rocca, “Optical vortices,” Opt. Commun. 73, 403–408 (1989).
[CrossRef]

W. Klische, C. O. Weiss, and B. Wellegehausen, “Spatiotemporal chaos from a continuous Na2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 919–922 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, and G.-L. Oppo, “Spontaneous breaking of the cylindrical symmetry in lasers,” Opt. Commun. 69, 387–392 (1989).
[CrossRef]

J. R. Tredicce, E. J. Quel, A. M. Ghazzawi, C. Green, and M. A. Pernigo, “Spatial and temporal instabilities in a CO2 laser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 62, 1274–1277 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

B. Ségard, B. Macke, L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, and M. Brambilla, “Multimode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 703–722 (1989); B. Ségard, W. Sergent, B. Macke, and N. B. Abraham, “Second side-mode instability in optical bistability with a two-level homogeneously broadened medium,” Phys. Rev. A. 39, 6029–6032 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

G. Grynberg and J. Paye, “Spatial instability for a standing wave in a nonlinear medium,” Europhys. Lett. 8, 29–33 (1989).
[CrossRef]

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Conical emissions and phase conjugation in atomic sodium vapor,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 25, 395–402 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Y. A. Rzhanov and Yu. D. Kalafati, “Spatial structure multistability in an array of optically bistable elements,” Opt. Commun. 70, 161–165 (1989).
[CrossRef]

C. J. McKinstre and R. Binghamton, “Modulational instability of coupled waves,” Phys. Fluids B 1, 230–237 (1989).
[CrossRef]

1988 (24)

R. S. Afzal and N. M. Lawandy, “Bistable direction switching in an off-axis pumped continuous wave ruby laser,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 24, 1818–1820 (1988).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Nonlinearities in laser diodes,” J. Phys. Chem. Solids 49, 659–665 (1988).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, “Optical memory and spatial chaos,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 329–332 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. Young, H. Richardson, H. A. Mackenzie, E. Abraham, and D. J. Hagan, “Cross talk between bistable elements on an InSb étalon,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 3–10 (1988).
[CrossRef]

S. Akhmanov, M. A. Vorontsov, and V. V. Ivanov, “Large-scale transverse nonlinear interactions in laser beams; new types of nonlinear waves; onset of ‘Optical turbulence,’ ” Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 47, 611–614 (1988) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 47, 707–711 (1988)].

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and C. Paré, “Transverse modulational instabilities for counterpropagating beams in Kerr Media,” Opt. Lett. 13, 1096–1098 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

G. I. Stegeman and R. H. Stolen, eds., Feature on Nonlinear Guided-Wave Phenomena, J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 264–574 (1988); see also long sections on nonlinear waveguides in Optical Bistability III, H. M. Gibbs, P. Mandel, N. Peyghambarian, and S. D. Smith, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986) and in Optical Bistability IV, W. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, (1988), and references therein.
[CrossRef]

G. Grynberg, “Mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in atomic vapors,” Opt. Commun. 66, 321–324 (1988).
[CrossRef]

G. Giusfredi, J. F. Valley, R. Pon, G. Khitrova, and H. M. Gibbs, “Optical instabilities in sodium vapor,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1181–1192 (1988); E. A. Chauchard and Y. H. Meyer, “On the origin of the so-called conical emission in laser pulse propagation in atomic vapor,” Opt. Commun. 52, 141–144 (1984); G. X. Jin, J. M. Yuan, L. M. Narducci, Y. S. Liu, and E. J. Seibert, “Theoretical and experimental studies of conical Stokes emission,” Opt. Commun. 68, 379–384 (1988); S.-M. Liu, G.-Y. Zhang, J.-L. Wang, and X.-Y. Ma, “Quasiperiodic oscillations in photoinduced conical light scattering from LiNbO3:Fe crystals,” Opt. Commun. 70, 185–189 (1989); see also Refs. 103–106 below.
[CrossRef]

A. W. McCord, R. J. Ballagh, and J. Cooper, “Dispersive self-focusing in atomic media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1323–1334 (1988).
[CrossRef]

M. D. Feit and J. A. Fleck, “Beam nonparaxiality, filament formation, and beam breakup in the self-focusing of optical beams,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 633–640 (1988).
[CrossRef]

M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Suppression of small-scale self-focusing in diverging beams,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 164–166 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 104–106 (1988)].

A. Yu. Okulov and A. N. Oraevskii, “Compensation of self-focussing distortions in quasiresonant amplification of a light pulse,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 369–376 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 233–237 (1988)].

M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Methods for control of the radiation under diffraction,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 288–292 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 183–185 (1988)]; “Small-scale two-dimensional self-focusing,” Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 299, 868–870 (1988) [Sov. Phys. Dokl. 33, 263–266 (1988)].

Chr. Tamm, “Frequency locking of two transverse optical modes of a laser,” Phys. Rev. A 38, 5960–5963 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, and L. M. Narducci, “Cooperative frequency locking and stationary spatial structures in lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 879–888 (1988).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, P. Ru, J. R. Tredicce, and D. K. Bandy, “Role of transverse effects in laser instabilities,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3847–3866 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and D. K. Bandy, “Spontaneous spatial pattern formation in lasers and cooperative frequency locking,” Opt. Commun. 68, 63–68 (1988).
[CrossRef]

H. G. Winful and S. S. Wang, “Stability of phase locking in coupled semiconductor laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 1894–1896 (1988); R. A. Elliott, R. K. DeFreez, T. L. Paoli, R. D. Burnham, and W. Streifer, “Dynamic characteristics of phase-locked array multiple quantum well injection lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 598–602 (1985); N. Yu, R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, R. A. Elliott, H. G. Winful, and D. F. Welch, “Observation of sustained self-pulsation in cw operated flared Y-coupled laser arrays,” Electron. Lett. 24, 1203–1204 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, K. Hartnett, R. A. Elliott, and H. G. Winful, “Spectral and picosecond temporal properties of flared-guide Y-coupled phase-locked laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 2380–2382 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, J. M. Hunt, H. Ximen, R. A. Elliott, N. W. Carlson, M. Lurie, G. A. Evans, J. M. Hammer, D. P. Bour, S. L. Palfrey, R. Amantea, H. G. Winful, and S. S. Wang, “Picosecond optical properties of a grating surface emitting two-dimensional coherent laser array,” IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett. 1, 209–211 (1989).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Amplification properties of dynamics instabilities, Hopf bifurcation in semiconductor lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1211–1215 (1988), and references therein.
[CrossRef]

C. J. McKinstrie and D. A. Russe, “Nonlinear focusing of coupled waves,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 2929–2932 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

S. Trillo, S. Wabnitz, and G. I. Stegeman, “Nonlinear codirectional guided wave mode conversion in grating structures,” IEEE J. Lightwave Technol. 6, 971–976 (1988).
[CrossRef]

P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Asymmetric semiconductor waveguide with defocusing nonlinearity,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-24, 2046–2051 (1988).
[CrossRef]

1987 (10)

G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, F. T. Arecchi, and J. R. Tredicce, “Evidence that transverse effects cause an instability in a single-mode CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 3978–3981 (1987); G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and F. T. Arecchi, “Spontaneous oscillations in a single mode CO2 laser in a Fabry–Perot cavity,” in Optical Chaos, J. Chrostowski and N. B. Abraham, eds., Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng.667, 41–46 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato and R. Lefever, “Spatial dissipative structures in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 58, 2209–2211 (1987); L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. Sartirana, W. Kaige, L. M. Narducci, G.-L. Oppo, F. Prati, and G. Broggi, “Spatial symmetry breaking in optical systems,” in Neural and Synergetic Computers, H. Haken, ed. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1988), pp. 242–251; L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Instabilities in passive optical systems: temporal and spatial patterns,” in Instabilities and Chaos in Quantum Optics II, N. B. Abraham, F. T. Arecchi, and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1988), pp. 231–245.
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Sodium phase-conjugate oscillator in a combusting environment,” Opt. Lett. 12, 693–695 (1987).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

W. J. Firth, “Optically bistable arrays and chaotic dynamics,” Phys. Lett. A 125, 375–379 (1987).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Optical and electronic control of Hopf bifurcation in twin-stripe semiconductor lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 134, 51–54 (1987).

K. A. Shore, “Static and dynamic bifurcations in semiconductor lasers for device applications,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 19, S113–S119 (1987).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Optical and electronic control of Hopf bifurcation in twin-stripe semiconductor lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 134, 51–54 (1987).

K. A. Shore, “Static and dynamic bifurcations in semiconductor lasers for device applications,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 19, S113–S119 (1987).
[CrossRef]

G. Grynberg and P. Verkerk, “Collision-aided self-focusing and self-defocusing in sodium vapor,” Opt. Commun. 61, 296–298 (1987).
[CrossRef]

H. Richardson, E. Abraham, and W. J. Firth, “Modelling of cross talk in 2-D bistable arrays with carrier diffusion,” Opt. Commun. 63, 199–204 (1987).
[CrossRef]

1986 (6)

A. Yu. Okulov and A. N. Oraevsky, “Space-temporal behavior of a light pulse propagating in a nonlinear nondispersive medium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 3, 741–746 (1986); A. Yu. Okulov, “Two-dimensional periodic structures in a nonlinear resonator,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B,  7, 1045–1050 (1990).
[CrossRef]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and H. M. Gibbs, “High dimension chaotic attractors of a nonlinear ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 274–277 (1986); M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, H. M. Gibbs, D. L. Kaplan, and M. H. Rose, “Conjecture on the dimensions of chaotic attractors of delayed feedback dynamical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 4020–4022 (1987).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

C. K. R. T. Jones and J. V. Moloney, “Instability of standing waves in nonlinear waveguides,” Phys. Lett. A 117A, 175–180 (1986).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, G. I. Stegeman, C. T. Seaton, J. V. Moloney, and A. D. Boardman, “Multisoliton emission from a nonlinear waveguide,” Phys. Rev. A 34, 4442–4444 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

T. G. Dziura, “Beyond mean field and plane wave theories of bistable semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-22, 651–654 (1986).
[CrossRef]

O. O. Kilichev, “Characteristics of the behavior of nonlinear resonator modes,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 13, 1560–1565 (1986) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 16, 1019–1023 (1986)].

1985 (12)

M. G. Galushkin, L. V. Koval’chuk, A. Yu. Rodionov, A. M. Seregin, N. D. Ustinov, and N. V. Cheburkin, “Self interaction of radiation in a CO2 laser resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 868–871 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 570–572 (1985)].

V. S. Golubev and F. V. Lebedev, “Stability of the emission from fast flow gas discharge industrial CO2lasers (review),” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 663–671 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 437–442 (1985).

D. J. Biswas and R. G. Harrison, “Experimental evidence of three-mode quasiperiodicity and chaos in a single longitudinal, multi-transverse-mode cw CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 3835–3837 (1985); “Observation of pulsating instabilities and chaos in a transversely excited atmospheric pressure CO2laser,” Opt. Commun. 57, 193–195 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

C. O. Weiss, “Observation of instabilities and chaos in optically pumped far-infrared lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 137–140 (1985).
[CrossRef]

F. Hollinger and Chr. Jung, “Single-longitudinal-mode laser as a discrete dynamical system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 218–225 (1985).
[CrossRef]

D. A. Holm, M. Sargent, and L. M. Hoffer, “Quantum theory of multiwave mixing. III. Averages over inhomogeneous broadening, spatial hole-burning, and Gaussian beams,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 963–973 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “New class of instabilities in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 681–684 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of Gaussian-beam averaging on laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 15–17 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and I. Galbraith, “Diffusive transverse coupling of bistable elements—switching waves and crosstalk,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 1399–1403 (1985).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, W. J. Firth, and I. Galbraith, “Beam propagation in a medium with a diffusive Kerr-type nonlinearity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 383–386 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion and diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 1005–1009 (1985).
[CrossRef]

D. Weaire, J. P. Kermode, and V. M. Dwyer, “The role of diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 55, 223–228 (1985).
[CrossRef]

1984 (7)

M. Dagenais and H. G. Winful, “Low power transverse optical bistability near bound excitons in cadmium sulfide,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 44, 574–576 (1984).
[CrossRef]

D. J. Harter and R. W. Boyd, “Four-wave mixing resonantly enhanced by ac-Stark-split levels in self-trapped filaments of light,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 739–748 (1984).
[CrossRef]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, K. Tai, H. M. Gibbs, M. C. Rushford, and N. Peyghambarian, “Continuous-wave off-resonance rings and continuous-wave on-resonance enhancement,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 591–605 (1984).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Transverse effects and noise in optical instabilities,” Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 291–297 (1984).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Intrinsic dynamical instability in optical bistability with two-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 53, 2547–2550 (1984); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Lugiato, M. L. Asquini, M. Brambilla, and L. M. Narducci, “Single-mode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 1235–1252 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

S. Stuut and M. Sargent, “Effects of Gaussian-beam averaging on phase conjugation and beat-frequency spectroscopy,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 95–101 (1984).
[CrossRef]

M. L. Shih and P. W. Milonni, “Coupled two-mode lasing,” Opt. Commun. 49, 155–160 (1984).
[CrossRef]

1983 (16)

D. C. Van Eck, “Wavefront measurements on semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-19, 966–968 (1983).
[CrossRef]

J. Buus, “Models of the static and dynamic behavior of stripe geometry lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-19, 953–960 (1983).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in nonlinear bistable interferometers. III. Dependence of the beam profile on the Fresnel number,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 10, 2355–2358 (1983) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 13, 1534–1536 (1984)].

R. Hauck, F. Hollinger, and H. Weber, “Chaotic and periodic emission on high power solid state lasers,” Opt. Commun. 47, 141–145 (1983).
[CrossRef]

C. O. Weiss, A. Godone, and A. Olafsson, “Routes to chaotic emission in a cw He–Ne laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 892–895 (1983).
[CrossRef]

N. J. Halas, S. N. Liu, and N. B. Abraham, “Route to mode locking in a three-mode He–Ne 3.39-μ m laser including chaos in the secondary beat frequency,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2915–2920 (1983).
[CrossRef]

G. Stephan and M. Trumper, “Inhomogeneity effects in a gas laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2344–2362 (1983); S. Asami, H. Gamo, and T. Tako, “Asymmetrical Lamb dip in a high-gain 3.5 μ m xenon laser. I. Experimental,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 22, 88–93 (1983).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov, “Switching waves in a bistable interferometer with inertial nonlinearity,” Opt. Spektrosk. 55, 1081–1084 (1983) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 55, 658–659 (1983)].

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Transverse effects and self-pulsing in optical bistability,” Z. Phys. B 50, 171–179 (1983).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Disappearance of laser instabilities in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 46, 57–60 (1983); L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities in passive and active systems with a Gaussian transverse intensity profile,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1366–1376 (1984).
[CrossRef]

J. Y. Gao, J. M. Yuan, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities and chaotic behavior in a hybrid bistable system with a short delay,” Opt. Commun. 44, 201–206 (1983); J. Y. Gao, L. M. Narducci, H. Sadiky, M. Squicciarini, and J. M. Yuan, “Higher order bifurcations in a bistable system with delay,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 901–905 (1984).
[CrossRef]

A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Orozco, and H. J. Kimble, “Observa tion of absorptive bistability with two-level atoms in a ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 2569–2572 (1983); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, and A. T. Rosenberger, “Quantitative test of the single-mode theory of optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 62, 54–60 (1987); L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Optical bistability in the mixed absorptive-dispersive regime with two-state atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 3248–3252 (1988).
[CrossRef]

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “Solitary waves as fixed points of infinite-dimensional maps in an optically bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 51, 75–78 (1983).
[CrossRef]

A. K. Kar, J. G. H. Mathew, S. D. Smith, B. Davis, and W. Prettl, “Optical bistability in InSb at room temperature with two-photon excitation,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 42, 334–336 (1983).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
[CrossRef]

1982 (15)

K. A. Shore, “Optical limiter action in twin-stripe-geometry lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 129, 297–300 (1982).

K. A. Shore, “Optical limiter action in twin-stripe-geometry lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 129, 297–300 (1982).

W. J. Firth, C. T. Seaton, E. M. Wright, and S. D. Smith, “Spatial hysteresis in optical bistability,” Appl. Phys. B 28, 131–132 (1982).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in a nonlinear interferometer: I. Switching waves and steady-state profiles,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 354–360 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 193–197 (1982)].

J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Theory of Gaussian-beam optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 40, 233–238 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, M. R. Belic, and H. M. Gibbs, “Calculation of transverse effects in optical bistability using fast Fourier transform techniques,” Opt. Commun. 41, 379–382 (1982).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse field structure in nonlinear bistable interferometers. II: Time dependent regimes,” Kvantovaya Electron. (Moscow) 9, 361–363 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 198–200 (1982)].

J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, F. A. Hopf, and H. M. Gibbs, “Effect of transverse beam variation on bifurcations in an intrinsic bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 3442–3445 (1982).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Oscillations and chaos in a Fabry–Perot bistable cavity with a Gaussian input beam,” Phys. Lett. A 92, 211–216 (1982).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Tomlinson, J. P. Gordon, P. W. Smith, and A. E. Kaplan, “Reflection of a Gausian beam at a nonlinear interface,” Appl. Opt. 21, 2041–2051 (1982).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

C. O. Weiss and H. King, “Oscillation period doubling chaos in a laser,” Opt. Commun. 44, 59–61 (1982).
[CrossRef]

M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].

Ch. Harder, K. Y. Lau, and A. Yariv, “Bistability and pulsations in semiconductor lasers with inhomogeneous current injection,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-18, 1351–1361 (1982).
[CrossRef]

1981 (5)

N. N. Rosanov, “Hysteresis phenomena in distributed optical systems,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 80, 96–108 (1981) [Sov. Phys. JETP 53, 47–53 (1981)].

B. S. Poh and T. E. Rozzi, “Intrinsic instabilities in narrow stripe geometry lasers caused by lateral current spreading,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 723–731 (1981).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Stability analysis of transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 128, 154–159 (1981).

N. N. Rosanov and V. E. Semenov, “The kinetics of the hysteresis change of the beam-profile in nonlinear interferometers,” Opt. Commun. 38, 435–438 (1981).
[CrossRef]

R. J. Ballagh, J. Cooper, M. W. Hamilton, W. J. Sandle, and D. M. Warrington, “Optical bistability in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 37, 143–148 (1981); E. Arimondo, A. Gozzini, F. Lovitch, and E. Pistelli, “Microwave dispersive bistability in a confocal Fabry–Perot microwave cavity,” in Optical Bistability, C. M. Bowden, M. Ciftan, and H. R. Robl, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1981), pp. 151–171; P. D. Drummond, “Optical bistability in a radially varying mode,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 301–306 (1981); L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of the radial variation of the electric field on some instabilities in optical bistability and lasers,” in Optical Bistability II, C. M. Bowden, H. M. Gibbs, and S. L. McCall, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1984), pp. 397–405.
[CrossRef]

1980 (3)

S. C. Sheng and A. E. Siegman, “Nonlinear optical calculations using fast transform methods: second harmonic generation with depletion and diffraction,” Phys. Rev. A 21, 599–606 (1980).
[CrossRef]

N. Tan-No, T. Hashimiya, and H. Inabe, “Dispersion-free amplification and oscillation in phase-conjugate four-wave mixing in an atomic vapor doublet,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-16, 147–153 (1980).
[CrossRef]

C. P. Wang and R. L. Varwig, “Competition of longitudinal and transverse modes in a cw HF chemical laser,” Opt. Commun. 34, 103–107 (1980).
[CrossRef]

1979 (5)

B. S. Poh, T. E. Rozzi, and C. H. Velzel, “Single- and dual-filament self-sustained oscillations in DH injection lasers,” Solid State Electron. Dev. 3, 233–241 (1979).

J. B. Delaney and J. K. Butler, “The effect of device geometry on lateral mode content of stripe geometry lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-15, 750–755 (1979).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, T. N. C. Gossard, A. Passner, and W. Wiegman, “Optical bistability in semiconductors,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 451–453 (1979).
[CrossRef]

D. A. B. Miller, S. D. Smith, and A. Johnston, “Optical bistability and signal amplification in a semiconductor crystal: applications of new low-power nonlinear effects in InSb,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 658–660 (1979).
[CrossRef]

K. Ikeda, “Multiple-valued stationary state and its instability of the transmitted light by a ring cavity system,” Opt. Commun. 30, 257–261 (1979).
[CrossRef]

1978 (1)

N. Chinone, K. Aiki, M. Nakamura, and R. Ito, “Effects of lateral mode and carrier density profile on dynamic behaviors of semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-14, 625–631 (1978).
[CrossRef]

1977 (2)

P. A. Kirkby, A. R. Goodwin, G. H. B. Thompson, and P. R. Selway, “Observations of self-focussing in stripe geometry semiconductor lasers and the development of a comprehensive model of their operation,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 705–719 (1977).
[CrossRef]

P. A. Wolff, N. B. Abraham, and S. R. Smith, “Measurement of radial variation of 3.51 μ m gain in xenon discharge tubes,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 400–403 (1977).
[CrossRef]

1976 (4)

H. Maeda, “Amplification of Gaussian beams through a gaseous medium,” J. Appl. Phys. 47, 3566–3568 (1976).
[CrossRef]

V. I. Logvinov and V. A. Tsar’kov, “Investigation of spatial and spectral distributions of spontaneous radiation emitted by a xenon-helium optical amplifier,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 50–54 (1976) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 6, 26–29 (1976)].

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, and T. N. C. Venkatesan, “Differential gain and bistability using a sodium-filled Fabry–Perot interferometer,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 36, 1135–1138 (1976).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, B. Bolger, F. P. Mattar, M. C. Newstein, G. Forster, and P. E. Toschek, “Coherent on-resonance self-focusing of optical pulses in absorbers,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1743–1746 (1976).
[CrossRef]

1975 (6)

Y. R. Shen, “Self-focusing: experimental,” Prog. Quantum Electron. 4, 1–34 (1975).
[CrossRef]

J. H. Marburger, “Self-focusing: theory,” Prog. Quantum Electron. 4, 35–110 (1975).
[CrossRef]

D. D. Cook and F. R. Nash, “Gain-induced guiding and astigmatic output beam of GaAs lasers,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1660–1672 (1975).
[CrossRef]

H. Gamo and H. Sato, “Pulse propagation in a partially homogeneously broadened linear gas laser amplifier: determination of line-shape parameters,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 3585–3596 (1975).
[CrossRef]

P. Burlamacchi, R. Pratesi, and L. Ronchi, “Self-guiding flash-lamp-pumped dye lasers,” Appl. Opt. 14, 79–93 (1975).
[PubMed]

U. Ganiel and Y. Silberberg, “Stability of optical resonators with an active medium, Appl. Opt. 14, 306–309 (1975).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

1974 (5)

G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Gain induced stability of active plane-parallel resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974).
[CrossRef]

L. W. Casperson, “Mode stability of lasers and periodic optical systems,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 629–634 (1974).
[CrossRef]

L. W. Casperson and S. J. Sheldrake, “Beam deflection and isolation in laser amplifiers,” Opt. Commun. 12, 349–353 (1974).
[CrossRef]

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of intensity pulsations on the stimulated emission spectrum of a semiconductor laser,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 102–107 (1974) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 4, 55–57 (1974)].

V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskiy, “Non-uniform population inversion effects in the dynamics of a single-mode solid-state laser,” Opt. Acta 21, 773 (1974).
[CrossRef]

1973 (6)

F. R. Nash, “Mode guidance parallel to the junction plane of double heterostructure GaAs lasers,” J. Appl. Phys. 44, 4696–4707 (1973).
[CrossRef]

G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Mode structure of active resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 911–918 (1973); “The effect of radial radiation transport on intensity characteristics and oscillation frequency of homogeneously broadened lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974); W. J. Witteman and G. J. Ernst, “On the saturation effects and start jump of Gaussian modes in oscillators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-11, 198–204 (1975); W. J. Firth, B. S. Wherrett, and D. Wearie, “Theory of spin-flip laser modes—I: Threshold modulation and tuning behavior,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-12, 218–225 (1976).
[CrossRef]

C. Freed and H. A. Haus, “Lamb dip in CO lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 219–226 (1973); H. Maeda and K. Shimoda, “The theory of a gas laser with a Gaussian field profile,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1235–1239 (1975).
[CrossRef]

V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskii, “Influence of the gain profile on the laser dynamics,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 51–56 (1973) [Sov. J. Quantum Elektron. 3, 208–210 (1973)].

L. W. Casperson, “Gaussian light beams in inhomogeneous media,” Appl. Opt. 12, 2434–2441 (1973).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

V. A. Tsarkov and M. L. Molchanov, “Measurement of gain distribution in the tube of a helium-neon laser (λ = 0.63 μ m) under high frequency excitation,” Opt. Spektrosk. 35, 328–329 (1973) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 35, 191 (1973)].

1972 (5)

D. L. Franzen and R. J. Collins, “Radial gain profiles in CO2laser discharges,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-8, 400–404 (1972).
[CrossRef]

G. L. Gurevich, L. Kh. Ingel’, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Influence of a nonlinear lens on the stability of steady-state laser emission,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 45–52 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 230–235 (1972)].

V. E. Kuzin and A. F. Suchkov, “Operation of a laser with a planar resonator at high pumping levels,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 3, 53–58 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 236–239 (1972)].

V. E. Zakharov and A. B. Shabat, “Exact theory of two-dimensional self-focusing and one-dimensional self-modulation of waves in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 61, 118–134 (1972) [Soviet Phys. JETP 34, 62–69 (1972)].

L. W. Casperson and A. Yariv, “Gain and dispersion focusing in a high gain laser,” Appl. Opt. 11, 462–466 (1972); “The Gaussian mode in optical resonators with a radial gain profile,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 355–357 (1968).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

1971 (3)

I. P. Mazanko, M. I. Molchanov, N.-D. D. Ogurok, and M. V. Sviridov, “Gain distribution measurement in He–Ne laser tubes,” Opt. Spektrosk. 30, 927–931 (1971) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 30, 495–497 (1971)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of the refractive index nonlinearity on the dynamics of emission from semiconductor lasers,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 53–59 (1971) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 1, 600–605 (1972)].

V. E. Zakharov, V. V. Sobolev, and V. C. Synakh, “Behavior of light beams in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 60, 136–145 (1971) [Sov. Phys. JETP 33, 77–81 (1971)].

1970 (5)

A. L. Mikaeljan, V. F. Kuprishov, Yu. G. Turkov, Yu. V. Andreev, and A. A. Shcherbakova, Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 244–246 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 155–157 (1970)].

M. I. Molchanov, “The radial population inversion distribution in a He–Ne discharge for λ = .63μ m,” Radiotek. Elektron. 15, 1544–1546 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Radio Eng. Electron. Phys. 15, 1338–1340 (1970)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of waveguide properties of a p-n junction on the coherent emission of gallium arsenide laser diodes,” Fiz. Tekhnol. Poluprovodn. 4, 341–346 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Semicond. 4, 277–281 (1970)].

N. E. Byer and J. K. Butler, “Optical field distribution in close-confined laser structures,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 291–296 (1970).
[CrossRef]

T. H. Zchos and J. C. Dyment, “Resonant modes of GaAs junction lasers III: Propagation characteristics of laser beams with rectangular symmetry,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 317–324 (1970).
[CrossRef]

1968 (10)

J. C. Dyment and T. H. Zachos, “Injection-laser far-field patterns with Gaussian profiles in the junction plane,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 2923–2926 (1968).
[CrossRef]

H. Risken and K. Nummedal, “Self-pulsing in laser,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 4662–4672 (1968); R. Graham and H. Haken, “Quantum theory of light propagation in a fluctuation laser-active medium,” Z. Phys. 213, 420–450 (1968).
[CrossRef]

A. F. Suchkov, “Electrodynamics of a laser with an open resonator and active medium inhomogeneities,” Tr. Fiz. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR 53, 161 (1968).

D. H. Auston, “Transverse mode locking,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 420 (1968); “Forced and spontaneous phase locking of the transverse modes of a He–Ne laser,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 471–473 (1968).
[CrossRef]

K. I. Kohiyama, T. Fukioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Self-locking of transverse higher-order modes in a He–Ne laser,” Proc. IEEE 56, 333–335 (1968).
[CrossRef]

P. W. Smith, “Simultaneous phase locking of longitudinal and transverse laser modes,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 13, 235–237 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Y. Watanabe, T. Fujioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Phase locking phenomena of multitransverse longitudinal modes in He–Ne lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 880–884 (1968).
[CrossRef]

I. Freund, “Self Q-switching in ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 388–390 (1968).
[CrossRef]

R. J. Collins, L. O. Braun, and D. R. Dean, “A new method of giant pulsing ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 392–393 (1968).
[CrossRef]

R. C. Greenhow and A. J. Schmidt, “Undamped regular spiking of a ruby laser in a misaligned cavity,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 390–391 (1968).
[CrossRef]

1967 (4)

J. W. Strozyk, “Observations on a concentric spherical cavity laser oscillator,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-3, 343–348 (1967).
[CrossRef]

V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Dynamics of generation of giant coherent light pulses. II.,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 282–292 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 182–188 (1967)].

P. K. Cheo and H. G. Cooper, “Gain characteristics of CO2laser amplifiers at 10.6 microns,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-3, 79–84 (1967).
[CrossRef]

I. M. Belousova, G. N. Vinokurov, O. B. Danilov, and N. N. Rozanov, “Mode interaction in a Gas laser with spherical mirror resonators,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 1146–1156 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 761–767 (1967)].

1966 (3)

H. Haken, “Theory of intensity and phase fluctuations of a homogeneously broadened laser,” Z. Phys. 190, 327–356 (1966); H. Risken, C. Schmid, and W. Weidlich, “Fokker-Planck equation, distribution and correlation functions for laser noise,” Z. Phys. 194, 337–359 (1966); E. N. Lorenz, “Deterministic nonperiodic flow,” J. Atmos. Sci. 20, 130 (1963); H. Haken, “Analogy between higher instabilities in fluids and lasers,” Phys. Lett. 53A, 77–78 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Y. V. Troitskii and V. P. Chebotaev, “Distribution of population inversion across an He–Ne discharge,” Opt. Spektrosk. 20, 362–364 (1966) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 20, 199–200 (1966)].

V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Generation dynamics of a giant coherent light pulse,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 50, 1148–1155 (1966) [Sov. Phys. JETP 23, 763–767 (1966)].

1965 (4)

V. L. Broude, V. V. Zaika, V. I. Kravchenko, and M. S. Soskin, “Operation of the ruby laser with tilted mirrors,” Zh. Prikl. Spektrosk. 3, 225–229 (1965) [Sov. Phys. J. Appl. Spectrosc. 3, 162–165 (1965)].

H. Kogelnik, “On the propagation of Gaussian beams of light through lenslike media including those with a loss or gain variation,” Appl. Opt. 4, 1562–1569 (1965).
[CrossRef]

N. G. Basov, V. N. Morozov, and A. N. Oraevskii, “Nonlinear mode interactions in lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 895–904 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 622–628 (1966)].

A. F. Suchkov, “Effect of inhomogeneities on the operation regime of solid-state lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 1495–1503 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 1026–1031 (1966)].

1964 (3)

J. A. Fleck and R. E. Kidder, “Coupled mode laser oscillation,” J. Appl. Phys. 35, 2825–2831 (1964); “Stability of coupled-mode laser equations,” J. Appl. Phys. 36, 2327 (1965).
[CrossRef]

J. P. Goldsborough, “Beat frequencies between modes of a concave-mirror optical resonator,” Appl. Opt. 3, 267–275 (1964); J. Katzenstein, G. Magyar, and A. C. Selden, “Laser Q-switching by organic solvents,” Opto-Electron. 1, 13–19 (1969); S. V. Gaponov, A. G. Goncharov, G. A. Kraftmakher, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Obtaining a giant pulse in a solid state laser with the aid of organic solvents,” Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 370–373 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 248–250 (1970)]; S. V. Gaponov, L. V. Paramonov, N. N. Salashchenko, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Nonlinear optical effects responsible for giant pulses emitted by a neodymium laser with an organic liquid inside its resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 7, 2432–2436 (1980) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 10, 1415–1418 (1980); A. Drobnik and L. Wolf, “Influence of self-focussing on the operation of a neodymium glass laser,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 5, 462–464 (1978) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 8, 274–275 (1978)]; M. C. Marconi, O. E. Martinez, and F. P. Diodati, “Q switching by self-focusing,” Opt. Lett. 10, 402–404 (1985); “Second threshold condition in the case of Q switching by self-focusing,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 3, 1630–1636 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. P. Goldsborough, “Beat frequencies between modes of a concave-mirror optical resonator,” Appl. Opt. 3, 267–275 (1964).
[CrossRef]

1963 (2)

A. D. White and E. I. Gordon, “Excitation mechanisms and current dependence of population inversion in HeNe lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 3, 197–199 (1963).
[CrossRef]

C. M. Stickley, “Observation of beats between transverse modes in Ruby lasers,” Proc. IEEE 51, 848–849 (1963).
[CrossRef]

1962 (1)

W. R. Bennett, “Hole-burning effects in a He–Ne optical maser,” Phys. Rev. 126, 580–593 (1962).
[CrossRef]

Abraham, E.

H. Richardson and E. Abraham, “Effect of pixelation on the switching speeds of InSb bistable elements,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1051–1057 (1990).
[CrossRef]

J. Young, H. Richardson, H. A. Mackenzie, E. Abraham, and D. J. Hagan, “Cross talk between bistable elements on an InSb étalon,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 3–10 (1988).
[CrossRef]

H. Richardson, E. Abraham, and W. J. Firth, “Modelling of cross talk in 2-D bistable arrays with carrier diffusion,” Opt. Commun. 63, 199–204 (1987).
[CrossRef]

E. Abraham, C. Godsalve, and B. S. Wherrett, “Operation characteristics of pixellated nonlinear interference filters,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 43–46 (1988).

Abraham, N. B.

G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, F. T. Arecchi, and J. R. Tredicce, “Evidence that transverse effects cause an instability in a single-mode CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 3978–3981 (1987); G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and F. T. Arecchi, “Spontaneous oscillations in a single mode CO2 laser in a Fabry–Perot cavity,” in Optical Chaos, J. Chrostowski and N. B. Abraham, eds., Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng.667, 41–46 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

N. J. Halas, S. N. Liu, and N. B. Abraham, “Route to mode locking in a three-mode He–Ne 3.39-μ m laser including chaos in the secondary beat frequency,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2915–2920 (1983).
[CrossRef]

P. A. Wolff, N. B. Abraham, and S. R. Smith, “Measurement of radial variation of 3.51 μ m gain in xenon discharge tubes,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 400–403 (1977).
[CrossRef]

R. Lefever, L. A. Lugiato, W. Kaige, N. B. Abraham, and P. Mandel, “Kuramoto-Sivashinski equation for the laser,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems,” L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 171–186; “Phase dynamics of transverse diffraction patterns in the laser,” Phys. Lett. A 135, 254–268 (1989).

N. B. Abraham, P. Mandel, and L. M. Narducci, “Dynamical instabilities and pulsations in lasers,” in Progress in Optics, E. Wolf, ed. (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1988), Vol. XXV, pp. 1–199 (see especially pp. 20–21); Ya. I. Khanin, Dynamics of Quantum Oscillators (Sovetskoye Radio, Moscow, 1975) (in Russian; version in translation to be published by North-Holland).
[CrossRef]

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

Aceves, A. B.

Adachihara, H.

A. B. Aceves, P. Varatharajah, A. C. Newell, E. M. Wright, G. L. Stegeman, D. R. Heatley, J. V. Moloney, and H. Adachihara, “Particle aspects of collimated light channel propagation at nonlinear interfaces and in waveguides,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 963–974 (1990).
[CrossRef]

J. Moloney, H. Adachihara, R. Indik, R. Northcutt, D. McLaughlin, and A. Newell, “Modulational induced optical pattern formation in a passive optical feedback system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, H. Adachihara, D. W. McLaughlin, and A. C. Newell, “Fixed points and chaotic dynamics of an infinite dimensional map,” in Chaos, Noise and Fractals, E. D. R. Pike and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Hilger, Bristol, UK, 1987), p. 137.

Afzal, R. S.

R. S. Afzal and N. M. Lawandy, “Bistable direction switching in an off-axis pumped continuous wave ruby laser,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 24, 1818–1820 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Agrawal, G. P.

Aguado, M.

R. F. Rodríguez, M. San Miguel, and M. Aguado, “Fluctuations and symmetry restoring in the Turing optical instability,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems, L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 262–267.

Aiki, K.

N. Chinone, K. Aiki, M. Nakamura, and R. Ito, “Effects of lateral mode and carrier density profile on dynamic behaviors of semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-14, 625–631 (1978).
[CrossRef]

Akhmanov, S.

S. Akhmanov, M. A. Vorontsov, and V. V. Ivanov, “Large-scale transverse nonlinear interactions in laser beams; new types of nonlinear waves; onset of ‘Optical turbulence,’ ” Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 47, 611–614 (1988) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 47, 707–711 (1988)].

Akhmediev, N. F.

Al-Hourani, M.

Allakhverdyan, R. G.

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of intensity pulsations on the stimulated emission spectrum of a semiconductor laser,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 102–107 (1974) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 4, 55–57 (1974)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of the refractive index nonlinearity on the dynamics of emission from semiconductor lasers,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 53–59 (1971) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 1, 600–605 (1972)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of waveguide properties of a p-n junction on the coherent emission of gallium arsenide laser diodes,” Fiz. Tekhnol. Poluprovodn. 4, 341–346 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Semicond. 4, 277–281 (1970)].

Andreev, Yu. V.

A. L. Mikaeljan, V. F. Kuprishov, Yu. G. Turkov, Yu. V. Andreev, and A. A. Shcherbakova, Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 244–246 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 155–157 (1970)].

Arecchi, F. T.

G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, F. T. Arecchi, and J. R. Tredicce, “Evidence that transverse effects cause an instability in a single-mode CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 3978–3981 (1987); G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and F. T. Arecchi, “Spontaneous oscillations in a single mode CO2 laser in a Fabry–Perot cavity,” in Optical Chaos, J. Chrostowski and N. B. Abraham, eds., Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng.667, 41–46 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Auston, D. H.

D. H. Auston, “Transverse mode locking,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 420 (1968); “Forced and spontaneous phase locking of the transverse modes of a He–Ne laser,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 471–473 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Ba, E.-X.

L.-G. Zhang, N.-P. Chen, and E.-X. Ba, “Effects of light feedback on CO2laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.

Balkarei, Yu. I.

Yu. I. Balkarei, M. E. Evtikhov, J. V. Moloney, and Yu. A. Rzhanov, “Self-focusing effects in a bistable semiconductor interferometer,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7,(1990).
[CrossRef]

Ballagh, R. J.

A. W. McCord, R. J. Ballagh, and J. Cooper, “Dispersive self-focusing in atomic media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1323–1334 (1988).
[CrossRef]

R. J. Ballagh, J. Cooper, M. W. Hamilton, W. J. Sandle, and D. M. Warrington, “Optical bistability in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 37, 143–148 (1981); E. Arimondo, A. Gozzini, F. Lovitch, and E. Pistelli, “Microwave dispersive bistability in a confocal Fabry–Perot microwave cavity,” in Optical Bistability, C. M. Bowden, M. Ciftan, and H. R. Robl, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1981), pp. 151–171; P. D. Drummond, “Optical bistability in a radially varying mode,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 301–306 (1981); L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of the radial variation of the electric field on some instabilities in optical bistability and lasers,” in Optical Bistability II, C. M. Bowden, H. M. Gibbs, and S. L. McCall, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1984), pp. 397–405.
[CrossRef]

Bandy, D. K.

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, P. Ru, J. R. Tredicce, and D. K. Bandy, “Role of transverse effects in laser instabilities,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3847–3866 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and D. K. Bandy, “Spontaneous spatial pattern formation in lasers and cooperative frequency locking,” Opt. Commun. 68, 63–68 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Basov, N. G.

N. G. Basov, V. N. Morozov, and A. N. Oraevskii, “Nonlinear mode interactions in lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 895–904 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 622–628 (1966)].

Belic, M. R.

J. V. Moloney, M. R. Belic, and H. M. Gibbs, “Calculation of transverse effects in optical bistability using fast Fourier transform techniques,” Opt. Commun. 41, 379–382 (1982).
[CrossRef]

Belousova, I. M.

I. M. Belousova, G. N. Vinokurov, O. B. Danilov, and N. N. Rozanov, “Mode interaction in a Gas laser with spherical mirror resonators,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 1146–1156 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 761–767 (1967)].

Bennett, W. R.

W. R. Bennett, “Hole-burning effects in a He–Ne optical maser,” Phys. Rev. 126, 580–593 (1962).
[CrossRef]

Binghamton, R.

C. J. McKinstre and R. Binghamton, “Modulational instability of coupled waves,” Phys. Fluids B 1, 230–237 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Biswas, D. J.

D. J. Biswas and R. G. Harrison, “Experimental evidence of three-mode quasiperiodicity and chaos in a single longitudinal, multi-transverse-mode cw CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 3835–3837 (1985); “Observation of pulsating instabilities and chaos in a transversely excited atmospheric pressure CO2laser,” Opt. Commun. 57, 193–195 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Bloch, D.

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Boardman, A. D.

E. M. Wright, G. I. Stegeman, C. T. Seaton, J. V. Moloney, and A. D. Boardman, “Multisoliton emission from a nonlinear waveguide,” Phys. Rev. A 34, 4442–4444 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Bolger, B.

H. M. Gibbs, B. Bolger, F. P. Mattar, M. C. Newstein, G. Forster, and P. E. Toschek, “Coherent on-resonance self-focusing of optical pulses in absorbers,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1743–1746 (1976).
[CrossRef]

Boyd, R. W.

D. J. Harter and R. W. Boyd, “Four-wave mixing resonantly enhanced by ac-Stark-split levels in self-trapped filaments of light,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 739–748 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Brady, D.

D. Brady and D. Psaltis, “Perceptron learning in optical neural computers,” in Optical Computing, B. S. Wherrett and F. A. P. Tooley, eds. (SUSSP Publications, Edinburgh, 1989).

Brambilla, M.

B. Ségard, B. Macke, L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, and M. Brambilla, “Multimode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 703–722 (1989); B. Ségard, W. Sergent, B. Macke, and N. B. Abraham, “Second side-mode instability in optical bistability with a two-level homogeneously broadened medium,” Phys. Rev. A. 39, 6029–6032 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Braun, L. O.

R. J. Collins, L. O. Braun, and D. R. Dean, “A new method of giant pulsing ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 392–393 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Broude, V. L.

V. L. Broude, V. V. Zaika, V. I. Kravchenko, and M. S. Soskin, “Operation of the ruby laser with tilted mirrors,” Zh. Prikl. Spektrosk. 3, 225–229 (1965) [Sov. Phys. J. Appl. Spectrosc. 3, 162–165 (1965)].

Buller, G. S.

A. K. Kar, R. M. Harris, G. S. Buller, S. D. Smith, and A. C. Walker, “Pixellation of opto-thermal bistable devices for switch power and crosstalk reduction,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 443–446 (1988).

Burlamacchi, P.

Butler, J. K.

J. B. Delaney and J. K. Butler, “The effect of device geometry on lateral mode content of stripe geometry lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-15, 750–755 (1979).
[CrossRef]

N. E. Byer and J. K. Butler, “Optical field distribution in close-confined laser structures,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 291–296 (1970).
[CrossRef]

Buus, J.

J. Buus, “Models of the static and dynamic behavior of stripe geometry lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-19, 953–960 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Byer, N. E.

N. E. Byer and J. K. Butler, “Optical field distribution in close-confined laser structures,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 291–296 (1970).
[CrossRef]

Casperson, L. W.

Chambers, D.

Chebotaev, V. P.

Y. V. Troitskii and V. P. Chebotaev, “Distribution of population inversion across an He–Ne discharge,” Opt. Spektrosk. 20, 362–364 (1966) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 20, 199–200 (1966)].

Cheburkin, N. V.

M. G. Galushkin, L. V. Koval’chuk, A. Yu. Rodionov, A. M. Seregin, N. D. Ustinov, and N. V. Cheburkin, “Self interaction of radiation in a CO2 laser resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 868–871 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 570–572 (1985)].

Chen, N.-P.

L.-G. Zhang, N.-P. Chen, and E.-X. Ba, “Effects of light feedback on CO2laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.

Cheo, P. K.

P. K. Cheo and H. G. Cooper, “Gain characteristics of CO2laser amplifiers at 10.6 microns,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-3, 79–84 (1967).
[CrossRef]

Chinone, N.

N. Chinone, K. Aiki, M. Nakamura, and R. Ito, “Effects of lateral mode and carrier density profile on dynamic behaviors of semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-14, 625–631 (1978).
[CrossRef]

Chyba, T.

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

Coleman, M.

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

Collins, R. J.

D. L. Franzen and R. J. Collins, “Radial gain profiles in CO2laser discharges,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-8, 400–404 (1972).
[CrossRef]

R. J. Collins, L. O. Braun, and D. R. Dean, “A new method of giant pulsing ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 392–393 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Cook, D. D.

D. D. Cook and F. R. Nash, “Gain-induced guiding and astigmatic output beam of GaAs lasers,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1660–1672 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Cooper, H. G.

P. K. Cheo and H. G. Cooper, “Gain characteristics of CO2laser amplifiers at 10.6 microns,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-3, 79–84 (1967).
[CrossRef]

Cooper, J.

A. W. McCord, R. J. Ballagh, and J. Cooper, “Dispersive self-focusing in atomic media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1323–1334 (1988).
[CrossRef]

R. J. Ballagh, J. Cooper, M. W. Hamilton, W. J. Sandle, and D. M. Warrington, “Optical bistability in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 37, 143–148 (1981); E. Arimondo, A. Gozzini, F. Lovitch, and E. Pistelli, “Microwave dispersive bistability in a confocal Fabry–Perot microwave cavity,” in Optical Bistability, C. M. Bowden, M. Ciftan, and H. R. Robl, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1981), pp. 151–171; P. D. Drummond, “Optical bistability in a radially varying mode,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 301–306 (1981); L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of the radial variation of the electric field on some instabilities in optical bistability and lasers,” in Optical Bistability II, C. M. Bowden, H. M. Gibbs, and S. L. McCall, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1984), pp. 397–405.
[CrossRef]

Corkum, P. B.

P. B. Corkum and C. Rolland, “Self-focusing and continuum generation in gases,” in The Supercontinuum Laser Source, R. R. Alfano, ed. (Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989), pp. 318–336.
[CrossRef]

Coullet, P.

P. Coullet, L. Gil, and F. Rocca, “Optical vortices,” Opt. Commun. 73, 403–408 (1989).
[CrossRef]

P. Coullet, “Defect-induced spatiotemporal chaos,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 367–374.

Cramer, P.

Dagenais, M.

M. Dagenais and H. G. Winful, “Low power transverse optical bistability near bound excitons in cadmium sulfide,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 44, 574–576 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Danilov, O. B.

I. M. Belousova, G. N. Vinokurov, O. B. Danilov, and N. N. Rozanov, “Mode interaction in a Gas laser with spherical mirror resonators,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 1146–1156 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 761–767 (1967)].

Davis, B.

A. K. Kar, J. G. H. Mathew, S. D. Smith, B. Davis, and W. Prettl, “Optical bistability in InSb at room temperature with two-photon excitation,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 42, 334–336 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Dean, D. R.

R. J. Collins, L. O. Braun, and D. R. Dean, “A new method of giant pulsing ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 392–393 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Delaney, J. B.

J. B. Delaney and J. K. Butler, “The effect of device geometry on lateral mode content of stripe geometry lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-15, 750–755 (1979).
[CrossRef]

Derbov, V. L.

Ducloy, M.

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Duncan, M. D.

M. D. Duncan, R. Mahon, L. L. Tankersley, and J. Reintjes, “Control of transverse spatial modes in transient stimulated Raman amplification,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Dworschak, K.

Dwyer, V. M.

D. Weaire, J. P. Kermode, and V. M. Dwyer, “The role of diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 55, 223–228 (1985).
[CrossRef]

Dyment, J. C.

T. H. Zchos and J. C. Dyment, “Resonant modes of GaAs junction lasers III: Propagation characteristics of laser beams with rectangular symmetry,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 317–324 (1970).
[CrossRef]

J. C. Dyment and T. H. Zachos, “Injection-laser far-field patterns with Gaussian profiles in the junction plane,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 2923–2926 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Dyuzhikhov, I. N.

A. V. Grigor’yants and I. N. Dyuzhikhov, “Multiple-order spatial hysteresis and radial variation of output in an indium antimonide bistable cavity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.

Dziura, T. G.

T. G. Dziura, “Beyond mean field and plane wave theories of bistable semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-22, 651–654 (1986).
[CrossRef]

Ernst, G. J.

G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Gain induced stability of active plane-parallel resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974).
[CrossRef]

G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Mode structure of active resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 911–918 (1973); “The effect of radial radiation transport on intensity characteristics and oscillation frequency of homogeneously broadened lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974); W. J. Witteman and G. J. Ernst, “On the saturation effects and start jump of Gaussian modes in oscillators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-11, 198–204 (1975); W. J. Firth, B. S. Wherrett, and D. Wearie, “Theory of spin-flip laser modes—I: Threshold modulation and tuning behavior,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-12, 218–225 (1976).
[CrossRef]

Evtikhov, M. E.

Yu. I. Balkarei, M. E. Evtikhov, J. V. Moloney, and Yu. A. Rzhanov, “Self-focusing effects in a bistable semiconductor interferometer,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7,(1990).
[CrossRef]

Federov, A.

N. Rosanov, A. Federov, and V. Shashkin, “Formation and dynamics of spatial structures in increasing absorption bistable schemes,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.

Federov, S.

A. Kostyuchenko, V. Kuznetsov, S. Federov, and M. Yur’ev, “Transverse profile instability of the laser beam in a pulsed excimer laser active medium,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.

Feit, M. D.

Firth, W. J.

W. J. Firth, A. Fitzgerald, and C. Paré, “Transverse instabilities due to counterpropagation in Kerr media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1087–1097 (1990).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and C. Paré, “Transverse modulational instabilities for counterpropagating beams in Kerr Media,” Opt. Lett. 13, 1096–1098 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

W. J. Firth, “Optical memory and spatial chaos,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 329–332 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

W. J. Firth, “Optically bistable arrays and chaotic dynamics,” Phys. Lett. A 125, 375–379 (1987).
[CrossRef]

H. Richardson, E. Abraham, and W. J. Firth, “Modelling of cross talk in 2-D bistable arrays with carrier diffusion,” Opt. Commun. 63, 199–204 (1987).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, W. J. Firth, and I. Galbraith, “Beam propagation in a medium with a diffusive Kerr-type nonlinearity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 383–386 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion and diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 1005–1009 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and I. Galbraith, “Diffusive transverse coupling of bistable elements—switching waves and crosstalk,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 1399–1403 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Oscillations and chaos in a Fabry–Perot bistable cavity with a Gaussian input beam,” Phys. Lett. A 92, 211–216 (1982).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, C. T. Seaton, E. M. Wright, and S. D. Smith, “Spatial hysteresis in optical bistability,” Appl. Phys. B 28, 131–132 (1982).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Theory of Gaussian-beam optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 40, 233–238 (1982).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion effects in bistable optical arrays,” in Optical Bistability III, H. M. Gibbs, P. Mandel, N. Peyghambarian, and S. D. Smith, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986), pp. 197–201.

G. S. McDonald and W. J. Firth, “Spatial solitary-wave optical memory,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, A. Fitzgerald, and C. Paré, “Transverse modulational instabilities in Kerr media,” in Coherence and Quantum Optics VI, J. Eberly, L. Mandel, and E. Wolf, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990).

Fitzgerald, A.

W. J. Firth, A. Fitzgerald, and C. Paré, “Transverse instabilities due to counterpropagation in Kerr media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1087–1097 (1990).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, A. Fitzgerald, and C. Paré, “Transverse modulational instabilities in Kerr media,” in Coherence and Quantum Optics VI, J. Eberly, L. Mandel, and E. Wolf, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990).

Fleck, J. A.

M. D. Feit and J. A. Fleck, “Beam nonparaxiality, filament formation, and beam breakup in the self-focusing of optical beams,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 633–640 (1988).
[CrossRef]

J. A. Fleck and R. E. Kidder, “Coupled mode laser oscillation,” J. Appl. Phys. 35, 2825–2831 (1964); “Stability of coupled-mode laser equations,” J. Appl. Phys. 36, 2327 (1965).
[CrossRef]

Forster, G.

H. M. Gibbs, B. Bolger, F. P. Mattar, M. C. Newstein, G. Forster, and P. E. Toschek, “Coherent on-resonance self-focusing of optical pulses in absorbers,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1743–1746 (1976).
[CrossRef]

Franzen, D. L.

D. L. Franzen and R. J. Collins, “Radial gain profiles in CO2laser discharges,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-8, 400–404 (1972).
[CrossRef]

Freed, C.

C. Freed and H. A. Haus, “Lamb dip in CO lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 219–226 (1973); H. Maeda and K. Shimoda, “The theory of a gas laser with a Gaussian field profile,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1235–1239 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Freund, I.

I. Freund, “Self Q-switching in ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 388–390 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Fujioka, T.

Y. Watanabe, T. Fujioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Phase locking phenomena of multitransverse longitudinal modes in He–Ne lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 880–884 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Fukioka, T.

K. I. Kohiyama, T. Fukioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Self-locking of transverse higher-order modes in a He–Ne laser,” Proc. IEEE 56, 333–335 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Gagnon, L.

Galbraith, I.

W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion and diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 1005–1009 (1985).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, W. J. Firth, and I. Galbraith, “Beam propagation in a medium with a diffusive Kerr-type nonlinearity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 383–386 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and I. Galbraith, “Diffusive transverse coupling of bistable elements—switching waves and crosstalk,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 1399–1403 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion effects in bistable optical arrays,” in Optical Bistability III, H. M. Gibbs, P. Mandel, N. Peyghambarian, and S. D. Smith, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986), pp. 197–201.

Galushkin, M. G.

M. G. Galushkin, L. V. Koval’chuk, A. Yu. Rodionov, A. M. Seregin, N. D. Ustinov, and N. V. Cheburkin, “Self interaction of radiation in a CO2 laser resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 868–871 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 570–572 (1985)].

Gamo, H.

H. Gamo and H. Sato, “Pulse propagation in a partially homogeneously broadened linear gas laser amplifier: determination of line-shape parameters,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 3585–3596 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Ganiel, U.

Gao, J. Y.

J. Y. Gao, J. M. Yuan, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities and chaotic behavior in a hybrid bistable system with a short delay,” Opt. Commun. 44, 201–206 (1983); J. Y. Gao, L. M. Narducci, H. Sadiky, M. Squicciarini, and J. M. Yuan, “Higher order bifurcations in a bistable system with delay,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 901–905 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Ghazzawi, A. M.

J. R. Tredicce, E. J. Quel, A. M. Ghazzawi, C. Green, and M. A. Pernigo, “Spatial and temporal instabilities in a CO2 laser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 62, 1274–1277 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Gibbs, H. M.

G. Giusfredi, J. F. Valley, R. Pon, G. Khitrova, and H. M. Gibbs, “Optical instabilities in sodium vapor,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1181–1192 (1988); E. A. Chauchard and Y. H. Meyer, “On the origin of the so-called conical emission in laser pulse propagation in atomic vapor,” Opt. Commun. 52, 141–144 (1984); G. X. Jin, J. M. Yuan, L. M. Narducci, Y. S. Liu, and E. J. Seibert, “Theoretical and experimental studies of conical Stokes emission,” Opt. Commun. 68, 379–384 (1988); S.-M. Liu, G.-Y. Zhang, J.-L. Wang, and X.-Y. Ma, “Quasiperiodic oscillations in photoinduced conical light scattering from LiNbO3:Fe crystals,” Opt. Commun. 70, 185–189 (1989); see also Refs. 103–106 below.
[CrossRef]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and H. M. Gibbs, “High dimension chaotic attractors of a nonlinear ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 274–277 (1986); M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, H. M. Gibbs, D. L. Kaplan, and M. H. Rose, “Conjecture on the dimensions of chaotic attractors of delayed feedback dynamical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 4020–4022 (1987).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, K. Tai, H. M. Gibbs, M. C. Rushford, and N. Peyghambarian, “Continuous-wave off-resonance rings and continuous-wave on-resonance enhancement,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 591–605 (1984).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, F. A. Hopf, and H. M. Gibbs, “Effect of transverse beam variation on bifurcations in an intrinsic bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 3442–3445 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, M. R. Belic, and H. M. Gibbs, “Calculation of transverse effects in optical bistability using fast Fourier transform techniques,” Opt. Commun. 41, 379–382 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, T. N. C. Gossard, A. Passner, and W. Wiegman, “Optical bistability in semiconductors,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 451–453 (1979).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, and T. N. C. Venkatesan, “Differential gain and bistability using a sodium-filled Fabry–Perot interferometer,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 36, 1135–1138 (1976).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, B. Bolger, F. P. Mattar, M. C. Newstein, G. Forster, and P. E. Toschek, “Coherent on-resonance self-focusing of optical pulses in absorbers,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1743–1746 (1976).
[CrossRef]

G. Khitrova, J. F. Valley, and H. M. Gibbs, “Gain/feedback approach to optical instabilities in sodium vapor,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloque C2, 483–488 (1988).

H. M. Gibbs, Optical Bistability—Controlling Light with Light (Academic, New York, 1985).

J. F. Valley, G. Khitrova, H. M. Gibbs, J. W. Grantham, and Xu Jiajin, “Cw conical emission: first comparison and agreement between theory and experiment,” submitted to Phys. Rev. Lett.

Gil, L.

P. Coullet, L. Gil, and F. Rocca, “Optical vortices,” Opt. Commun. 73, 403–408 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Gioggia, R. S.

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

Giusfredi, G.

Godone, A.

C. O. Weiss, A. Godone, and A. Olafsson, “Routes to chaotic emission in a cw He–Ne laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 892–895 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Godsalve, C.

E. Abraham, C. Godsalve, and B. S. Wherrett, “Operation characteristics of pixellated nonlinear interference filters,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 43–46 (1988).

Goldsborough, J. P.

Golub, I.

I. Golub and R. Tremblay, “Light focusing and guiding by an axicon-pair-generated tubular light beam,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Golubev, V. S.

V. S. Golubev and F. V. Lebedev, “Stability of the emission from fast flow gas discharge industrial CO2lasers (review),” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 663–671 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 437–442 (1985).

Goodwin, A. R.

P. A. Kirkby, A. R. Goodwin, G. H. B. Thompson, and P. R. Selway, “Observations of self-focussing in stripe geometry semiconductor lasers and the development of a comprehensive model of their operation,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 705–719 (1977).
[CrossRef]

Gordon, E. I.

A. D. White and E. I. Gordon, “Excitation mechanisms and current dependence of population inversion in HeNe lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 3, 197–199 (1963).
[CrossRef]

Gordon, J. P.

Gossard, T. N. C.

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, T. N. C. Gossard, A. Passner, and W. Wiegman, “Optical bistability in semiconductors,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 451–453 (1979).
[CrossRef]

Grantham, J. W.

J. F. Valley, G. Khitrova, H. M. Gibbs, J. W. Grantham, and Xu Jiajin, “Cw conical emission: first comparison and agreement between theory and experiment,” submitted to Phys. Rev. Lett.

Grasiuk, A. Z.

A. Z. Grasiuk and A. N. Oraevskiy, “The dynamics of quantum oscillators,” in Quantum Electronics and Coherent Light, P. A. Miles, ed. (Academic, New York, 1964), pp. 192–198; “Transient processes in molecular oscillators,” Radiotek, Elektron. 9, 524–532 (1964) [Rad. Eng. Electron. Phys. (USSR) 9, 424–430 (1963)]; A. V. Uspenskiy, “Pulsed operation mode in a two-level system,” Radiotek. Elektron. 8, 1165–1168 [Sov. Phys. Rad. Eng. Electron. Phys. 8, 1145–1148 (1963)]; V. V. Korobkin and A. V. Uspenskiy, “On the theory of the pulsations in the output of the ruby laser,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 45, 1003–1008 (1963) [Sov. Phys. JETP 18, 693–697 (1964)].

Green, C.

J. R. Tredicce, E. J. Quel, A. M. Ghazzawi, C. Green, and M. A. Pernigo, “Spatial and temporal instabilities in a CO2 laser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 62, 1274–1277 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Greenhow, R. C.

R. C. Greenhow and A. J. Schmidt, “Undamped regular spiking of a ruby laser in a misaligned cavity,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 390–391 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Grigor’yants, A. V.

A. V. Grigor’yants and I. N. Dyuzhikhov, “Multiple-order spatial hysteresis and radial variation of output in an indium antimonide bistable cavity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.

Grynberg, G.

G. Grynberg and J. Paye, “Spatial instability for a standing wave in a nonlinear medium,” Europhys. Lett. 8, 29–33 (1989).
[CrossRef]

G. Grynberg, “Mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in atomic vapors,” Opt. Commun. 66, 321–324 (1988).
[CrossRef]

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

G. Grynberg and P. Verkerk, “Collision-aided self-focusing and self-defocusing in sodium vapor,” Opt. Commun. 61, 296–298 (1987).
[CrossRef]

Gubin, M. A.

M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].

Gurevich, G. L.

G. L. Gurevich, L. Kh. Ingel’, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Influence of a nonlinear lens on the stability of steady-state laser emission,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 45–52 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 230–235 (1972)].

Haelterman, M.

M. Haelterman, G. Vitrant, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. I: Modal theory,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

G. Vitrant, M. Haelterman, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. II. Modal analysis for normal and oblique incidence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Hagan, D. J.

Haken, H.

H. Haken, “Theory of intensity and phase fluctuations of a homogeneously broadened laser,” Z. Phys. 190, 327–356 (1966); H. Risken, C. Schmid, and W. Weidlich, “Fokker-Planck equation, distribution and correlation functions for laser noise,” Z. Phys. 194, 337–359 (1966); E. N. Lorenz, “Deterministic nonperiodic flow,” J. Atmos. Sci. 20, 130 (1963); H. Haken, “Analogy between higher instabilities in fluids and lasers,” Phys. Lett. 53A, 77–78 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Halas, N. J.

N. J. Halas, S. N. Liu, and N. B. Abraham, “Route to mode locking in a three-mode He–Ne 3.39-μ m laser including chaos in the secondary beat frequency,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2915–2920 (1983).
[CrossRef]

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

Hamilton, M. W.

R. J. Ballagh, J. Cooper, M. W. Hamilton, W. J. Sandle, and D. M. Warrington, “Optical bistability in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 37, 143–148 (1981); E. Arimondo, A. Gozzini, F. Lovitch, and E. Pistelli, “Microwave dispersive bistability in a confocal Fabry–Perot microwave cavity,” in Optical Bistability, C. M. Bowden, M. Ciftan, and H. R. Robl, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1981), pp. 151–171; P. D. Drummond, “Optical bistability in a radially varying mode,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 301–306 (1981); L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of the radial variation of the electric field on some instabilities in optical bistability and lasers,” in Optical Bistability II, C. M. Bowden, H. M. Gibbs, and S. L. McCall, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1984), pp. 397–405.
[CrossRef]

Harder, Ch.

Ch. Harder, K. Y. Lau, and A. Yariv, “Bistability and pulsations in semiconductor lasers with inhomogeneous current injection,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-18, 1351–1361 (1982).
[CrossRef]

Harris, R. M.

A. K. Kar, R. M. Harris, G. S. Buller, S. D. Smith, and A. C. Walker, “Pixellation of opto-thermal bistable devices for switch power and crosstalk reduction,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 443–446 (1988).

Harrison, R. G.

D. J. Biswas and R. G. Harrison, “Experimental evidence of three-mode quasiperiodicity and chaos in a single longitudinal, multi-transverse-mode cw CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 3835–3837 (1985); “Observation of pulsating instabilities and chaos in a transversely excited atmospheric pressure CO2laser,” Opt. Commun. 57, 193–195 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Harter, D. J.

D. J. Harter and R. W. Boyd, “Four-wave mixing resonantly enhanced by ac-Stark-split levels in self-trapped filaments of light,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 739–748 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Hashimiya, T.

N. Tan-No, T. Hashimiya, and H. Inabe, “Dispersion-free amplification and oscillation in phase-conjugate four-wave mixing in an atomic vapor doublet,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-16, 147–153 (1980).
[CrossRef]

Hauck, R.

R. Hauck, F. Hollinger, and H. Weber, “Chaotic and periodic emission on high power solid state lasers,” Opt. Commun. 47, 141–145 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Haus, H. A.

C. Freed and H. A. Haus, “Lamb dip in CO lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 219–226 (1973); H. Maeda and K. Shimoda, “The theory of a gas laser with a Gaussian field profile,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1235–1239 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Hayata, K.

K. Hayata, A. Misawa, and M. Koshiba, “Spatial polarization instabilities due to transverse effects in nonlinear guided-wave systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Heatley, D. R.

Hesselink, L.

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Conical emissions and phase conjugation in atomic sodium vapor,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 25, 395–402 (1989).
[CrossRef]

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Sodium phase-conjugate oscillator in a combusting environment,” Opt. Lett. 12, 693–695 (1987).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Degenerate conical emissions in atomic-sodium vapor,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Hoffer, L. M.

D. A. Holm, M. Sargent, and L. M. Hoffer, “Quantum theory of multiwave mixing. III. Averages over inhomogeneous broadening, spatial hole-burning, and Gaussian beams,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 963–973 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

Hollinger, F.

F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Simple mathematical model describing multitransversal solid-state lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1013–1018 (1990).
[CrossRef]

F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Quasiperiodicity versus chaos in high power solid state lasers in multitransversal mode operation,” Opt. Commun. 75, 84–92 (1990).
[CrossRef]

F. Hollinger and Chr. Jung, “Single-longitudinal-mode laser as a discrete dynamical system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 218–225 (1985).
[CrossRef]

R. Hauck, F. Hollinger, and H. Weber, “Chaotic and periodic emission on high power solid state lasers,” Opt. Commun. 47, 141–145 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Holm, D. A.

D. A. Holm, M. Sargent, and L. M. Hoffer, “Quantum theory of multiwave mixing. III. Averages over inhomogeneous broadening, spatial hole-burning, and Gaussian beams,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 963–973 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Hopf, F. A.

J. V. Moloney, F. A. Hopf, and H. M. Gibbs, “Effect of transverse beam variation on bifurcations in an intrinsic bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 3442–3445 (1982).
[CrossRef]

Horowicz, R. J.

L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Transverse effects and noise in optical instabilities,” Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 291–297 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Idiatulin, V. S.

V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskiy, “Non-uniform population inversion effects in the dynamics of a single-mode solid-state laser,” Opt. Acta 21, 773 (1974).
[CrossRef]

V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskii, “Influence of the gain profile on the laser dynamics,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 51–56 (1973) [Sov. J. Quantum Elektron. 3, 208–210 (1973)].

Ikeda, K.

K. Ikeda, “Multiple-valued stationary state and its instability of the transmitted light by a ring cavity system,” Opt. Commun. 30, 257–261 (1979).
[CrossRef]

Inabe, H.

N. Tan-No, T. Hashimiya, and H. Inabe, “Dispersion-free amplification and oscillation in phase-conjugate four-wave mixing in an atomic vapor doublet,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-16, 147–153 (1980).
[CrossRef]

Indik, R.

J. Moloney, H. Adachihara, R. Indik, R. Northcutt, D. McLaughlin, and A. Newell, “Modulational induced optical pattern formation in a passive optical feedback system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Ito, R.

N. Chinone, K. Aiki, M. Nakamura, and R. Ito, “Effects of lateral mode and carrier density profile on dynamic behaviors of semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-14, 625–631 (1978).
[CrossRef]

Ivanov, V. V.

S. Akhmanov, M. A. Vorontsov, and V. V. Ivanov, “Large-scale transverse nonlinear interactions in laser beams; new types of nonlinear waves; onset of ‘Optical turbulence,’ ” Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 47, 611–614 (1988) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 47, 707–711 (1988)].

Jiajin, Xu

J. F. Valley, G. Khitrova, H. M. Gibbs, J. W. Grantham, and Xu Jiajin, “Cw conical emission: first comparison and agreement between theory and experiment,” submitted to Phys. Rev. Lett.

Johnston, A.

D. A. B. Miller, S. D. Smith, and A. Johnston, “Optical bistability and signal amplification in a semiconductor crystal: applications of new low-power nonlinear effects in InSb,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 658–660 (1979).
[CrossRef]

Jones, C. K. R. T.

C. K. R. T. Jones and J. V. Moloney, “Instability of standing waves in nonlinear waveguides,” Phys. Lett. A 117A, 175–180 (1986).
[CrossRef]

Jung, Chr.

Kaige, W.

R. Lefever, L. A. Lugiato, W. Kaige, N. B. Abraham, and P. Mandel, “Kuramoto-Sivashinski equation for the laser,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems,” L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 171–186; “Phase dynamics of transverse diffraction patterns in the laser,” Phys. Lett. A 135, 254–268 (1989).

Kalafati, Yu. D.

Y. A. Rzhanov and Yu. D. Kalafati, “Spatial structure multistability in an array of optically bistable elements,” Opt. Commun. 70, 161–165 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Kaplan, A. E.

Kar, A. K.

A. K. Kar, J. G. H. Mathew, S. D. Smith, B. Davis, and W. Prettl, “Optical bistability in InSb at room temperature with two-photon excitation,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 42, 334–336 (1983).
[CrossRef]

A. K. Kar, R. M. Harris, G. S. Buller, S. D. Smith, and A. C. Walker, “Pixellation of opto-thermal bistable devices for switch power and crosstalk reduction,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 443–446 (1988).

Karr, T.

Kermode, J. P.

D. Weaire, J. P. Kermode, and V. M. Dwyer, “The role of diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 55, 223–228 (1985).
[CrossRef]

Kh. Ingel’, L.

G. L. Gurevich, L. Kh. Ingel’, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Influence of a nonlinear lens on the stability of steady-state laser emission,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 45–52 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 230–235 (1972)].

Khanin, Ya. I.

G. L. Gurevich, L. Kh. Ingel’, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Influence of a nonlinear lens on the stability of steady-state laser emission,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 45–52 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 230–235 (1972)].

Khitrova, G.

Khodova, G. V.

N. N. Rosanov and G. V. Khodova, “Diffractive autosolitons in nonlinear interferometers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1057–1065 (1990).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in nonlinear bistable interferometers. III. Dependence of the beam profile on the Fresnel number,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 10, 2355–2358 (1983) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 13, 1534–1536 (1984)].

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in a nonlinear interferometer: I. Switching waves and steady-state profiles,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 354–360 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 193–197 (1982)].

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse field structure in nonlinear bistable interferometers. II: Time dependent regimes,” Kvantovaya Electron. (Moscow) 9, 361–363 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 198–200 (1982)].

Kidder, R. E.

J. A. Fleck and R. E. Kidder, “Coupled mode laser oscillation,” J. Appl. Phys. 35, 2825–2831 (1964); “Stability of coupled-mode laser equations,” J. Appl. Phys. 36, 2327 (1965).
[CrossRef]

Kilichev, O. O.

O. O. Kilichev, “Characteristics of the behavior of nonlinear resonator modes,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 13, 1560–1565 (1986) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 16, 1019–1023 (1986)].

Kimble, H. J.

L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Intrinsic dynamical instability in optical bistability with two-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 53, 2547–2550 (1984); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Lugiato, M. L. Asquini, M. Brambilla, and L. M. Narducci, “Single-mode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 1235–1252 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Orozco, and H. J. Kimble, “Observa tion of absorptive bistability with two-level atoms in a ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 2569–2572 (1983); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, and A. T. Rosenberger, “Quantitative test of the single-mode theory of optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 62, 54–60 (1987); L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Optical bistability in the mixed absorptive-dispersive regime with two-state atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 3248–3252 (1988).
[CrossRef]

King, H.

C. O. Weiss and H. King, “Oscillation period doubling chaos in a laser,” Opt. Commun. 44, 59–61 (1982).
[CrossRef]

Kirkby, P. A.

P. A. Kirkby, A. R. Goodwin, G. H. B. Thompson, and P. R. Selway, “Observations of self-focussing in stripe geometry semiconductor lasers and the development of a comprehensive model of their operation,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 705–719 (1977).
[CrossRef]

Klische, W.

W. Klische, C. O. Weiss, and B. Wellegehausen, “Spatiotemporal chaos from a continuous Na2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 919–922 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Kobayashi, M.

K. I. Kohiyama, T. Fukioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Self-locking of transverse higher-order modes in a He–Ne laser,” Proc. IEEE 56, 333–335 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Y. Watanabe, T. Fujioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Phase locking phenomena of multitransverse longitudinal modes in He–Ne lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 880–884 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Kogelnik, H.

Kohiyama, K. I.

K. I. Kohiyama, T. Fukioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Self-locking of transverse higher-order modes in a He–Ne laser,” Proc. IEEE 56, 333–335 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Konovalov, I. P.

M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].

Koshiba, M.

K. Hayata, A. Misawa, and M. Koshiba, “Spatial polarization instabilities due to transverse effects in nonlinear guided-wave systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Kostyuchenko, A.

A. Kostyuchenko, V. Kuznetsov, S. Federov, and M. Yur’ev, “Transverse profile instability of the laser beam in a pulsed excimer laser active medium,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.

Koval’chuk, L. V.

M. G. Galushkin, L. V. Koval’chuk, A. Yu. Rodionov, A. M. Seregin, N. D. Ustinov, and N. V. Cheburkin, “Self interaction of radiation in a CO2 laser resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 868–871 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 570–572 (1985)].

Kozin, K. Y.

M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].

Kravchenko, V. I.

V. L. Broude, V. V. Zaika, V. I. Kravchenko, and M. S. Soskin, “Operation of the ruby laser with tilted mirrors,” Zh. Prikl. Spektrosk. 3, 225–229 (1965) [Sov. Phys. J. Appl. Spectrosc. 3, 162–165 (1965)].

Kuprishov, V. F.

A. L. Mikaeljan, V. F. Kuprishov, Yu. G. Turkov, Yu. V. Andreev, and A. A. Shcherbakova, Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 244–246 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 155–157 (1970)].

Kuzin, V. E.

V. E. Kuzin and A. F. Suchkov, “Operation of a laser with a planar resonator at high pumping levels,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 3, 53–58 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 236–239 (1972)].

Kuznetsov, V.

A. Kostyuchenko, V. Kuznetsov, S. Federov, and M. Yur’ev, “Transverse profile instability of the laser beam in a pulsed excimer laser active medium,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.

Lambkin, P. M.

P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Analysis of a nonlinear rib-structure semiconductor optical waveguide,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 6, 669–674 (1989).
[CrossRef]

P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Asymmetric semiconductor waveguide with defocusing nonlinearity,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-24, 2046–2051 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Lau, K. Y.

Ch. Harder, K. Y. Lau, and A. Yariv, “Bistability and pulsations in semiconductor lasers with inhomogeneous current injection,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-18, 1351–1361 (1982).
[CrossRef]

Lawandy, N. M.

R. S. Afzal and N. M. Lawandy, “Bistable direction switching in an off-axis pumped continuous wave ruby laser,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 24, 1818–1820 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Le Berre, M.

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and H. M. Gibbs, “High dimension chaotic attractors of a nonlinear ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 274–277 (1986); M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, H. M. Gibbs, D. L. Kaplan, and M. H. Rose, “Conjecture on the dimensions of chaotic attractors of delayed feedback dynamical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 4020–4022 (1987).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, K. Tai, H. M. Gibbs, M. C. Rushford, and N. Peyghambarian, “Continuous-wave off-resonance rings and continuous-wave on-resonance enhancement,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 591–605 (1984).
[CrossRef]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and J.-J. Zondy, “Linear analysis of single-feedback mirror spatiotemporal instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Le Bihan, E.

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Le Boiteux, S.

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Lebedev, F. V.

V. S. Golubev and F. V. Lebedev, “Stability of the emission from fast flow gas discharge industrial CO2lasers (review),” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 663–671 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 437–442 (1985).

Lefever, R.

L. A. Lugiato and R. Lefever, “Spatial dissipative structures in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 58, 2209–2211 (1987); L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. Sartirana, W. Kaige, L. M. Narducci, G.-L. Oppo, F. Prati, and G. Broggi, “Spatial symmetry breaking in optical systems,” in Neural and Synergetic Computers, H. Haken, ed. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1988), pp. 242–251; L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Instabilities in passive optical systems: temporal and spatial patterns,” in Instabilities and Chaos in Quantum Optics II, N. B. Abraham, F. T. Arecchi, and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1988), pp. 231–245.
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Optical Bistability and Lasers,” in Lasers and Synergetics, R. Graham and A. Wunderlin, eds. (Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1987), pp. 53–71.
[CrossRef]

R. Lefever, L. A. Lugiato, W. Kaige, N. B. Abraham, and P. Mandel, “Kuramoto-Sivashinski equation for the laser,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems,” L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 171–186; “Phase dynamics of transverse diffraction patterns in the laser,” Phys. Lett. A 135, 254–268 (1989).

Leite, J. R. R.

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Letokhov, V. S.

V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Dynamics of generation of giant coherent light pulses. II.,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 282–292 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 182–188 (1967)].

V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Generation dynamics of a giant coherent light pulse,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 50, 1148–1155 (1966) [Sov. Phys. JETP 23, 763–767 (1966)].

Li, G.

Lippi, G. L.

G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, F. T. Arecchi, and J. R. Tredicce, “Evidence that transverse effects cause an instability in a single-mode CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 3978–3981 (1987); G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and F. T. Arecchi, “Spontaneous oscillations in a single mode CO2 laser in a Fabry–Perot cavity,” in Optical Chaos, J. Chrostowski and N. B. Abraham, eds., Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng.667, 41–46 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Liu, S. N.

N. J. Halas, S. N. Liu, and N. B. Abraham, “Route to mode locking in a three-mode He–Ne 3.39-μ m laser including chaos in the secondary beat frequency,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2915–2920 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Liu, S.-N.

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

Logvinov, V. I.

V. I. Logvinov and V. A. Tsar’kov, “Investigation of spatial and spectral distributions of spontaneous radiation emitted by a xenon-helium optical amplifier,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 50–54 (1976) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 6, 26–29 (1976)].

Lugiato, L. A.

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, J. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and M. A. Pernigo, “Instabilities and spatial complexity in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1019–1033 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, and G.-L. Oppo, “Spontaneous breaking of the cylindrical symmetry in lasers,” Opt. Commun. 69, 387–392 (1989).
[CrossRef]

B. Ségard, B. Macke, L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, and M. Brambilla, “Multimode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 703–722 (1989); B. Ségard, W. Sergent, B. Macke, and N. B. Abraham, “Second side-mode instability in optical bistability with a two-level homogeneously broadened medium,” Phys. Rev. A. 39, 6029–6032 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and D. K. Bandy, “Spontaneous spatial pattern formation in lasers and cooperative frequency locking,” Opt. Commun. 68, 63–68 (1988).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, P. Ru, J. R. Tredicce, and D. K. Bandy, “Role of transverse effects in laser instabilities,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3847–3866 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, and L. M. Narducci, “Cooperative frequency locking and stationary spatial structures in lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 879–888 (1988).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and R. Lefever, “Spatial dissipative structures in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 58, 2209–2211 (1987); L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. Sartirana, W. Kaige, L. M. Narducci, G.-L. Oppo, F. Prati, and G. Broggi, “Spatial symmetry breaking in optical systems,” in Neural and Synergetic Computers, H. Haken, ed. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1988), pp. 242–251; L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Instabilities in passive optical systems: temporal and spatial patterns,” in Instabilities and Chaos in Quantum Optics II, N. B. Abraham, F. T. Arecchi, and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1988), pp. 231–245.
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of Gaussian-beam averaging on laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 15–17 (1985).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Transverse effects and noise in optical instabilities,” Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 291–297 (1984).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Transverse effects and self-pulsing in optical bistability,” Z. Phys. B 50, 171–179 (1983).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Disappearance of laser instabilities in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 46, 57–60 (1983); L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities in passive and active systems with a Gaussian transverse intensity profile,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1366–1376 (1984).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Optical Bistability and Lasers,” in Lasers and Synergetics, R. Graham and A. Wunderlin, eds. (Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1987), pp. 53–71.
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and L. M. Narducci, “Single- and multi-mode instabilities in quantum optical systems,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 34–45; “Single-mode and multimode instabilities in lasers and related optical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 1576–1587 (1985).
[PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, “Optical bistability,” in Progress in Optics, E. Wolf, ed. (North Holland, Amsterdam, 1984), Vol. 21, pp. 69–216.
[CrossRef]

G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, L. M. Narducci, and L. A. Lugiato, “Characterization of spatiotemporal structures in lasers: a progress report,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 395–404.

R. Lefever, L. A. Lugiato, W. Kaige, N. B. Abraham, and P. Mandel, “Kuramoto-Sivashinski equation for the laser,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems,” L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 171–186; “Phase dynamics of transverse diffraction patterns in the laser,” Phys. Lett. A 135, 254–268 (1989).

Luther, G. G.

Macke, B.

B. Ségard, B. Macke, L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, and M. Brambilla, “Multimode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 703–722 (1989); B. Ségard, W. Sergent, B. Macke, and N. B. Abraham, “Second side-mode instability in optical bistability with a two-level homogeneously broadened medium,” Phys. Rev. A. 39, 6029–6032 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Mackenzie, H. A.

Maeda, H.

H. Maeda, “Amplification of Gaussian beams through a gaseous medium,” J. Appl. Phys. 47, 3566–3568 (1976).
[CrossRef]

Maeda, M.

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

Mahon, R.

M. D. Duncan, R. Mahon, L. L. Tankersley, and J. Reintjes, “Control of transverse spatial modes in transient stimulated Raman amplification,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Mandel, P.

N. B. Abraham, P. Mandel, and L. M. Narducci, “Dynamical instabilities and pulsations in lasers,” in Progress in Optics, E. Wolf, ed. (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1988), Vol. XXV, pp. 1–199 (see especially pp. 20–21); Ya. I. Khanin, Dynamics of Quantum Oscillators (Sovetskoye Radio, Moscow, 1975) (in Russian; version in translation to be published by North-Holland).
[CrossRef]

R. Lefever, L. A. Lugiato, W. Kaige, N. B. Abraham, and P. Mandel, “Kuramoto-Sivashinski equation for the laser,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems,” L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 171–186; “Phase dynamics of transverse diffraction patterns in the laser,” Phys. Lett. A 135, 254–268 (1989).

Marburger, J. H.

J. H. Marburger, “Self-focusing: theory,” Prog. Quantum Electron. 4, 35–110 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Mathew, J. G. H.

A. K. Kar, J. G. H. Mathew, S. D. Smith, B. Davis, and W. Prettl, “Optical bistability in InSb at room temperature with two-photon excitation,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 42, 334–336 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Mattar, F. P.

H. M. Gibbs, B. Bolger, F. P. Mattar, M. C. Newstein, G. Forster, and P. E. Toschek, “Coherent on-resonance self-focusing of optical pulses in absorbers,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1743–1746 (1976).
[CrossRef]

F. P. Mattar, “The Raman solitons,” in Advances in Laser Science II, AIP Conf. Proc.160, 422–429 (1987); see also “Self-action instabilities in the simultaneous propagation of short different-wavelength pulses in three-level absorbers,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 343–345.

Mazanko, I. P.

I. P. Mazanko, M. I. Molchanov, N.-D. D. Ogurok, and M. V. Sviridov, “Gain distribution measurement in He–Ne laser tubes,” Opt. Spektrosk. 30, 927–931 (1971) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 30, 495–497 (1971)].

McCall, S. L.

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, T. N. C. Gossard, A. Passner, and W. Wiegman, “Optical bistability in semiconductors,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 451–453 (1979).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, and T. N. C. Venkatesan, “Differential gain and bistability using a sodium-filled Fabry–Perot interferometer,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 36, 1135–1138 (1976).
[CrossRef]

McCord, A. W.

McDonald, G. S.

G. S. McDonald and W. J. Firth, “Spatial solitary-wave optical memory,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

McKinstre, C. J.

C. J. McKinstre and R. Binghamton, “Modulational instability of coupled waves,” Phys. Fluids B 1, 230–237 (1989).
[CrossRef]

McKinstrie, C. J.

G. G. Luther and C. J. McKinstrie, “Transverse modulational instability of collinear waves,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1125–1141 (1990).
[CrossRef]

C. J. McKinstrie and D. A. Russe, “Nonlinear focusing of coupled waves,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 2929–2932 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

McLaughlin, D.

J. Moloney, H. Adachihara, R. Indik, R. Northcutt, D. McLaughlin, and A. Newell, “Modulational induced optical pattern formation in a passive optical feedback system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

McLaughlin, D. W.

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “New class of instabilities in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 681–684 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “Solitary waves as fixed points of infinite-dimensional maps in an optically bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 51, 75–78 (1983).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, H. Adachihara, D. W. McLaughlin, and A. C. Newell, “Fixed points and chaotic dynamics of an infinite dimensional map,” in Chaos, Noise and Fractals, E. D. R. Pike and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Hilger, Bristol, UK, 1987), p. 137.

Melnikov, L. A.

V. L. Derbov, L. A. Melnikov, A. D. Novikov, and S. K. Potapov, “Transverse pattern formation and spectral characteristics of cw light beams in resonant media: an improved numerical simulation technique and mode analysis,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1079–1086 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Melnikov, S. Tatarkova, and G. N. Tatarkov, “Nonlinear dynamics of beam parameters and intensity in a unidirectional ring laser with a homogeneously broadened line,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Mikaeljan, A. L.

A. L. Mikaeljan, V. F. Kuprishov, Yu. G. Turkov, Yu. V. Andreev, and A. A. Shcherbakova, Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 244–246 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 155–157 (1970)].

Milani, M.

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of Gaussian-beam averaging on laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 15–17 (1985).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Disappearance of laser instabilities in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 46, 57–60 (1983); L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities in passive and active systems with a Gaussian transverse intensity profile,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1366–1376 (1984).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Transverse effects and self-pulsing in optical bistability,” Z. Phys. B 50, 171–179 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Miller, D. A. B.

D. A. B. Miller, “Optoelectronic applications of quantum wells,” Opt. Photon. News 1 (1), 7–15 (1990); “Multiple quantum well nonlinearities: bistability from increasing absorption and the self electro-optic device,” Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 239–244 (1984).
[CrossRef]

D. A. B. Miller, S. D. Smith, and A. Johnston, “Optical bistability and signal amplification in a semiconductor crystal: applications of new low-power nonlinear effects in InSb,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 658–660 (1979).
[CrossRef]

Milonni, P. W.

M. L. Shih and P. W. Milonni, “Coupled two-mode lasing,” Opt. Commun. 49, 155–160 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Misawa, A.

K. Hayata, A. Misawa, and M. Koshiba, “Spatial polarization instabilities due to transverse effects in nonlinear guided-wave systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Molchanov, M. I.

I. P. Mazanko, M. I. Molchanov, N.-D. D. Ogurok, and M. V. Sviridov, “Gain distribution measurement in He–Ne laser tubes,” Opt. Spektrosk. 30, 927–931 (1971) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 30, 495–497 (1971)].

M. I. Molchanov, “The radial population inversion distribution in a He–Ne discharge for λ = .63μ m,” Radiotek. Elektron. 15, 1544–1546 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Radio Eng. Electron. Phys. 15, 1338–1340 (1970)].

Molchanov, M. L.

V. A. Tsarkov and M. L. Molchanov, “Measurement of gain distribution in the tube of a helium-neon laser (λ = 0.63 μ m) under high frequency excitation,” Opt. Spektrosk. 35, 328–329 (1973) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 35, 191 (1973)].

Moloney, J.

J. Moloney, H. Adachihara, R. Indik, R. Northcutt, D. McLaughlin, and A. Newell, “Modulational induced optical pattern formation in a passive optical feedback system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Moloney, J. V.

Yu. I. Balkarei, M. E. Evtikhov, J. V. Moloney, and Yu. A. Rzhanov, “Self-focusing effects in a bistable semiconductor interferometer,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7,(1990).
[CrossRef]

A. B. Aceves, P. Varatharajah, A. C. Newell, E. M. Wright, G. L. Stegeman, D. R. Heatley, J. V. Moloney, and H. Adachihara, “Particle aspects of collimated light channel propagation at nonlinear interfaces and in waveguides,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 963–974 (1990).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, G. I. Stegeman, C. T. Seaton, J. V. Moloney, and A. D. Boardman, “Multisoliton emission from a nonlinear waveguide,” Phys. Rev. A 34, 4442–4444 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

C. K. R. T. Jones and J. V. Moloney, “Instability of standing waves in nonlinear waveguides,” Phys. Lett. A 117A, 175–180 (1986).
[CrossRef]

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “New class of instabilities in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 681–684 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “Solitary waves as fixed points of infinite-dimensional maps in an optically bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 51, 75–78 (1983).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, F. A. Hopf, and H. M. Gibbs, “Effect of transverse beam variation on bifurcations in an intrinsic bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 3442–3445 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, M. R. Belic, and H. M. Gibbs, “Calculation of transverse effects in optical bistability using fast Fourier transform techniques,” Opt. Commun. 41, 379–382 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, “Modulational instabilities in passive optical resonators,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 315–318.

J. V. Moloney, H. Adachihara, D. W. McLaughlin, and A. C. Newell, “Fixed points and chaotic dynamics of an infinite dimensional map,” in Chaos, Noise and Fractals, E. D. R. Pike and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Hilger, Bristol, UK, 1987), p. 137.

J. V. Moloney, “Transverse effects in nonlinear optics,” in Instabilities and Chaos in Quantum Optics II, N. B. Abraham, F. T. Arecchi, and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1988), pp. 193–218.
[CrossRef]

Morozov, V. N.

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of intensity pulsations on the stimulated emission spectrum of a semiconductor laser,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 102–107 (1974) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 4, 55–57 (1974)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of the refractive index nonlinearity on the dynamics of emission from semiconductor lasers,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 53–59 (1971) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 1, 600–605 (1972)].

N. G. Basov, V. N. Morozov, and A. N. Oraevskii, “Nonlinear mode interactions in lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 895–904 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 622–628 (1966)].

Morris, J.

Nabiev, R. F.

Nakamura, M.

N. Chinone, K. Aiki, M. Nakamura, and R. Ito, “Effects of lateral mode and carrier density profile on dynamic behaviors of semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-14, 625–631 (1978).
[CrossRef]

Narducci, L. M.

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, J. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and M. A. Pernigo, “Instabilities and spatial complexity in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1019–1033 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, and G.-L. Oppo, “Spontaneous breaking of the cylindrical symmetry in lasers,” Opt. Commun. 69, 387–392 (1989).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and D. K. Bandy, “Spontaneous spatial pattern formation in lasers and cooperative frequency locking,” Opt. Commun. 68, 63–68 (1988).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, and L. M. Narducci, “Cooperative frequency locking and stationary spatial structures in lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 879–888 (1988).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, P. Ru, J. R. Tredicce, and D. K. Bandy, “Role of transverse effects in laser instabilities,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3847–3866 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Transverse effects and noise in optical instabilities,” Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 291–297 (1984).
[CrossRef]

J. Y. Gao, J. M. Yuan, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities and chaotic behavior in a hybrid bistable system with a short delay,” Opt. Commun. 44, 201–206 (1983); J. Y. Gao, L. M. Narducci, H. Sadiky, M. Squicciarini, and J. M. Yuan, “Higher order bifurcations in a bistable system with delay,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 901–905 (1984).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Optical Bistability and Lasers,” in Lasers and Synergetics, R. Graham and A. Wunderlin, eds. (Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1987), pp. 53–71.
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and L. M. Narducci, “Single- and multi-mode instabilities in quantum optical systems,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 34–45; “Single-mode and multimode instabilities in lasers and related optical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 1576–1587 (1985).
[PubMed]

N. B. Abraham, P. Mandel, and L. M. Narducci, “Dynamical instabilities and pulsations in lasers,” in Progress in Optics, E. Wolf, ed. (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1988), Vol. XXV, pp. 1–199 (see especially pp. 20–21); Ya. I. Khanin, Dynamics of Quantum Oscillators (Sovetskoye Radio, Moscow, 1975) (in Russian; version in translation to be published by North-Holland).
[CrossRef]

G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, L. M. Narducci, and L. A. Lugiato, “Characterization of spatiotemporal structures in lasers: a progress report,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 395–404.

Nash, F. R.

D. D. Cook and F. R. Nash, “Gain-induced guiding and astigmatic output beam of GaAs lasers,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1660–1672 (1975).
[CrossRef]

F. R. Nash, “Mode guidance parallel to the junction plane of double heterostructure GaAs lasers,” J. Appl. Phys. 44, 4696–4707 (1973).
[CrossRef]

Newell, A.

J. Moloney, H. Adachihara, R. Indik, R. Northcutt, D. McLaughlin, and A. Newell, “Modulational induced optical pattern formation in a passive optical feedback system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Newell, A. C.

A. B. Aceves, P. Varatharajah, A. C. Newell, E. M. Wright, G. L. Stegeman, D. R. Heatley, J. V. Moloney, and H. Adachihara, “Particle aspects of collimated light channel propagation at nonlinear interfaces and in waveguides,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 963–974 (1990).
[CrossRef]

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “New class of instabilities in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 681–684 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “Solitary waves as fixed points of infinite-dimensional maps in an optically bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 51, 75–78 (1983).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, H. Adachihara, D. W. McLaughlin, and A. C. Newell, “Fixed points and chaotic dynamics of an infinite dimensional map,” in Chaos, Noise and Fractals, E. D. R. Pike and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Hilger, Bristol, UK, 1987), p. 137.

Newstein, M. C.

H. M. Gibbs, B. Bolger, F. P. Mattar, M. C. Newstein, G. Forster, and P. E. Toschek, “Coherent on-resonance self-focusing of optical pulses in absorbers,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1743–1746 (1976).
[CrossRef]

Nikitin, V. V.

M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].

Northcutt, R.

J. Moloney, H. Adachihara, R. Indik, R. Northcutt, D. McLaughlin, and A. Newell, “Modulational induced optical pattern formation in a passive optical feedback system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Novikov, A. D.

Nummedal, K.

H. Risken and K. Nummedal, “Self-pulsing in laser,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 4662–4672 (1968); R. Graham and H. Haken, “Quantum theory of light propagation in a fluctuation laser-active medium,” Z. Phys. 213, 420–450 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Ogurok, N.-D. D.

I. P. Mazanko, M. I. Molchanov, N.-D. D. Ogurok, and M. V. Sviridov, “Gain distribution measurement in He–Ne laser tubes,” Opt. Spektrosk. 30, 927–931 (1971) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 30, 495–497 (1971)].

Okulov, A. Yu.

A. Yu. Okulov and A. N. Oraevskii, “Compensation of self-focussing distortions in quasiresonant amplification of a light pulse,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 369–376 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 233–237 (1988)].

A. Yu. Okulov and A. N. Oraevsky, “Space-temporal behavior of a light pulse propagating in a nonlinear nondispersive medium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 3, 741–746 (1986); A. Yu. Okulov, “Two-dimensional periodic structures in a nonlinear resonator,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B,  7, 1045–1050 (1990).
[CrossRef]

Olafsson, A.

C. O. Weiss, A. Godone, and A. Olafsson, “Routes to chaotic emission in a cw He–Ne laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 892–895 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Oldano, C.

Oppo, G.-L.

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, J. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and M. A. Pernigo, “Instabilities and spatial complexity in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1019–1033 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, and G.-L. Oppo, “Spontaneous breaking of the cylindrical symmetry in lasers,” Opt. Commun. 69, 387–392 (1989).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and D. K. Bandy, “Spontaneous spatial pattern formation in lasers and cooperative frequency locking,” Opt. Commun. 68, 63–68 (1988).
[CrossRef]

G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, L. M. Narducci, and L. A. Lugiato, “Characterization of spatiotemporal structures in lasers: a progress report,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 395–404.

Oraevskii, A. N.

A. Yu. Okulov and A. N. Oraevskii, “Compensation of self-focussing distortions in quasiresonant amplification of a light pulse,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 369–376 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 233–237 (1988)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of the refractive index nonlinearity on the dynamics of emission from semiconductor lasers,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 53–59 (1971) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 1, 600–605 (1972)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of waveguide properties of a p-n junction on the coherent emission of gallium arsenide laser diodes,” Fiz. Tekhnol. Poluprovodn. 4, 341–346 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Semicond. 4, 277–281 (1970)].

N. G. Basov, V. N. Morozov, and A. N. Oraevskii, “Nonlinear mode interactions in lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 895–904 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 622–628 (1966)].

Oraevskiy, A. N.

A. Z. Grasiuk and A. N. Oraevskiy, “The dynamics of quantum oscillators,” in Quantum Electronics and Coherent Light, P. A. Miles, ed. (Academic, New York, 1964), pp. 192–198; “Transient processes in molecular oscillators,” Radiotek, Elektron. 9, 524–532 (1964) [Rad. Eng. Electron. Phys. (USSR) 9, 424–430 (1963)]; A. V. Uspenskiy, “Pulsed operation mode in a two-level system,” Radiotek. Elektron. 8, 1165–1168 [Sov. Phys. Rad. Eng. Electron. Phys. 8, 1145–1148 (1963)]; V. V. Korobkin and A. V. Uspenskiy, “On the theory of the pulsations in the output of the ruby laser,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 45, 1003–1008 (1963) [Sov. Phys. JETP 18, 693–697 (1964)].

Oraevsky, A. N.

Orozco, L. A.

L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Intrinsic dynamical instability in optical bistability with two-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 53, 2547–2550 (1984); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Lugiato, M. L. Asquini, M. Brambilla, and L. M. Narducci, “Single-mode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 1235–1252 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Orozco, and H. J. Kimble, “Observa tion of absorptive bistability with two-level atoms in a ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 2569–2572 (1983); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, and A. T. Rosenberger, “Quantitative test of the single-mode theory of optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 62, 54–60 (1987); L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Optical bistability in the mixed absorptive-dispersive regime with two-state atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 3248–3252 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Paré, C.

Passner, A.

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, T. N. C. Gossard, A. Passner, and W. Wiegman, “Optical bistability in semiconductors,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 451–453 (1979).
[CrossRef]

Paye, J.

G. Grynberg and J. Paye, “Spatial instability for a standing wave in a nonlinear medium,” Europhys. Lett. 8, 29–33 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Pender, J.

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Conical emissions and phase conjugation in atomic sodium vapor,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 25, 395–402 (1989).
[CrossRef]

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Sodium phase-conjugate oscillator in a combusting environment,” Opt. Lett. 12, 693–695 (1987).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Degenerate conical emissions in atomic-sodium vapor,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Pernigo, M. A.

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, J. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and M. A. Pernigo, “Instabilities and spatial complexity in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1019–1033 (1990).
[CrossRef]

J. R. Tredicce, E. J. Quel, A. M. Ghazzawi, C. Green, and M. A. Pernigo, “Spatial and temporal instabilities in a CO2 laser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 62, 1274–1277 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and D. K. Bandy, “Spontaneous spatial pattern formation in lasers and cooperative frequency locking,” Opt. Commun. 68, 63–68 (1988).
[CrossRef]

G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, L. M. Narducci, and L. A. Lugiato, “Characterization of spatiotemporal structures in lasers: a progress report,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 395–404.

Petrovskii, V. N.

M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].

Peyghambarian, N.

Poh, B. S.

B. S. Poh and T. E. Rozzi, “Intrinsic instabilities in narrow stripe geometry lasers caused by lateral current spreading,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 723–731 (1981).
[CrossRef]

B. S. Poh, T. E. Rozzi, and C. H. Velzel, “Single- and dual-filament self-sustained oscillations in DH injection lasers,” Solid State Electron. Dev. 3, 233–241 (1979).

Pon, R.

Popov, Yu. M.

Potapov, S. K.

Pratesi, R.

Prati, F.

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, and G.-L. Oppo, “Spontaneous breaking of the cylindrical symmetry in lasers,” Opt. Commun. 69, 387–392 (1989).
[CrossRef]

B. Ségard, B. Macke, L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, and M. Brambilla, “Multimode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 703–722 (1989); B. Ségard, W. Sergent, B. Macke, and N. B. Abraham, “Second side-mode instability in optical bistability with a two-level homogeneously broadened medium,” Phys. Rev. A. 39, 6029–6032 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, P. Ru, J. R. Tredicce, and D. K. Bandy, “Role of transverse effects in laser instabilities,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3847–3866 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Prettl, W.

A. K. Kar, J. G. H. Mathew, S. D. Smith, B. Davis, and W. Prettl, “Optical bistability in InSb at room temperature with two-photon excitation,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 42, 334–336 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Protsenko, E. D.

M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].

Psaltis, D.

D. Brady and D. Psaltis, “Perceptron learning in optical neural computers,” in Optical Computing, B. S. Wherrett and F. A. P. Tooley, eds. (SUSSP Publications, Edinburgh, 1989).

Puccioni, G. P.

G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, F. T. Arecchi, and J. R. Tredicce, “Evidence that transverse effects cause an instability in a single-mode CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 3978–3981 (1987); G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and F. T. Arecchi, “Spontaneous oscillations in a single mode CO2 laser in a Fabry–Perot cavity,” in Optical Chaos, J. Chrostowski and N. B. Abraham, eds., Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng.667, 41–46 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Pyatakhin, M. V.

M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Methods for control of the radiation under diffraction,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 288–292 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 183–185 (1988)]; “Small-scale two-dimensional self-focusing,” Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 299, 868–870 (1988) [Sov. Phys. Dokl. 33, 263–266 (1988)].

M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Suppression of small-scale self-focusing in diverging beams,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 164–166 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 104–106 (1988)].

Quel, E. J.

J. R. Tredicce, E. J. Quel, A. M. Ghazzawi, C. Green, and M. A. Pernigo, “Spatial and temporal instabilities in a CO2 laser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 62, 1274–1277 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Reinisch, R.

G. Vitrant, M. Haelterman, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. II. Modal analysis for normal and oblique incidence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

M. Haelterman, G. Vitrant, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. I: Modal theory,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Reintjes, J.

M. D. Duncan, R. Mahon, L. L. Tankersley, and J. Reintjes, “Control of transverse spatial modes in transient stimulated Raman amplification,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Ressayre, E.

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and H. M. Gibbs, “High dimension chaotic attractors of a nonlinear ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 274–277 (1986); M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, H. M. Gibbs, D. L. Kaplan, and M. H. Rose, “Conjecture on the dimensions of chaotic attractors of delayed feedback dynamical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 4020–4022 (1987).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, K. Tai, H. M. Gibbs, M. C. Rushford, and N. Peyghambarian, “Continuous-wave off-resonance rings and continuous-wave on-resonance enhancement,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 591–605 (1984).
[CrossRef]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and J.-J. Zondy, “Linear analysis of single-feedback mirror spatiotemporal instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Richardson, H.

Risken, H.

H. Risken and K. Nummedal, “Self-pulsing in laser,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 4662–4672 (1968); R. Graham and H. Haken, “Quantum theory of light propagation in a fluctuation laser-active medium,” Z. Phys. 213, 420–450 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Rivlin, L. A.

L. A. Rivlin, Dynamics of Radiation of Semiconductor Quantum Oscillators (Soviet Radio Publishers, Moscow, 1976) (in Russian).

Rocca, F.

P. Coullet, L. Gil, and F. Rocca, “Optical vortices,” Opt. Commun. 73, 403–408 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Rodionov, A. Yu.

M. G. Galushkin, L. V. Koval’chuk, A. Yu. Rodionov, A. M. Seregin, N. D. Ustinov, and N. V. Cheburkin, “Self interaction of radiation in a CO2 laser resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 868–871 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 570–572 (1985)].

Rodríguez, R. F.

R. F. Rodríguez, M. San Miguel, and M. Aguado, “Fluctuations and symmetry restoring in the Turing optical instability,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems, L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 262–267.

Rolland, C.

P. B. Corkum and C. Rolland, “Self-focusing and continuum generation in gases,” in The Supercontinuum Laser Source, R. R. Alfano, ed. (Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989), pp. 318–336.
[CrossRef]

Ronchi, L.

Rosanov, N.

N. Rosanov, A. Federov, and V. Shashkin, “Formation and dynamics of spatial structures in increasing absorption bistable schemes,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.

N. Vyssotina, N. Rosanov, and V. Smirnov, “Instability of guided-wave transverse structure in layered nonlinear systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Rosanov, N. N.

N. N. Rosanov and G. V. Khodova, “Diffractive autosolitons in nonlinear interferometers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1057–1065 (1990).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in nonlinear bistable interferometers. III. Dependence of the beam profile on the Fresnel number,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 10, 2355–2358 (1983) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 13, 1534–1536 (1984)].

N. N. Rosanov, “Switching waves in a bistable interferometer with inertial nonlinearity,” Opt. Spektrosk. 55, 1081–1084 (1983) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 55, 658–659 (1983)].

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse field structure in nonlinear bistable interferometers. II: Time dependent regimes,” Kvantovaya Electron. (Moscow) 9, 361–363 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 198–200 (1982)].

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in a nonlinear interferometer: I. Switching waves and steady-state profiles,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 354–360 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 193–197 (1982)].

N. N. Rosanov and V. E. Semenov, “The kinetics of the hysteresis change of the beam-profile in nonlinear interferometers,” Opt. Commun. 38, 435–438 (1981).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov, “Hysteresis phenomena in distributed optical systems,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 80, 96–108 (1981) [Sov. Phys. JETP 53, 47–53 (1981)].

Rosenberger, A. T.

L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Intrinsic dynamical instability in optical bistability with two-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 53, 2547–2550 (1984); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Lugiato, M. L. Asquini, M. Brambilla, and L. M. Narducci, “Single-mode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 1235–1252 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Orozco, and H. J. Kimble, “Observa tion of absorptive bistability with two-level atoms in a ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 2569–2572 (1983); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, and A. T. Rosenberger, “Quantitative test of the single-mode theory of optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 62, 54–60 (1987); L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Optical bistability in the mixed absorptive-dispersive regime with two-state atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 3248–3252 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Rozanov, N. N.

I. M. Belousova, G. N. Vinokurov, O. B. Danilov, and N. N. Rozanov, “Mode interaction in a Gas laser with spherical mirror resonators,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 1146–1156 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 761–767 (1967)].

Rozzi, T. E.

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
[CrossRef]

B. S. Poh and T. E. Rozzi, “Intrinsic instabilities in narrow stripe geometry lasers caused by lateral current spreading,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 723–731 (1981).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Stability analysis of transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 128, 154–159 (1981).

B. S. Poh, T. E. Rozzi, and C. H. Velzel, “Single- and dual-filament self-sustained oscillations in DH injection lasers,” Solid State Electron. Dev. 3, 233–241 (1979).

Ru, P.

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, P. Ru, J. R. Tredicce, and D. K. Bandy, “Role of transverse effects in laser instabilities,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3847–3866 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Rurukin, A. N.

M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].

Rushford, M. C.

Russe, D. A.

C. J. McKinstrie and D. A. Russe, “Nonlinear focusing of coupled waves,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 2929–2932 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Rzhanov, Y. A.

Y. A. Rzhanov and Yu. D. Kalafati, “Spatial structure multistability in an array of optically bistable elements,” Opt. Commun. 70, 161–165 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Rzhanov, Yu. A.

Yu. I. Balkarei, M. E. Evtikhov, J. V. Moloney, and Yu. A. Rzhanov, “Self-focusing effects in a bistable semiconductor interferometer,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7,(1990).
[CrossRef]

San Miguel, M.

R. F. Rodríguez, M. San Miguel, and M. Aguado, “Fluctuations and symmetry restoring in the Turing optical instability,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems, L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 262–267.

Sandle, W. J.

R. J. Ballagh, J. Cooper, M. W. Hamilton, W. J. Sandle, and D. M. Warrington, “Optical bistability in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 37, 143–148 (1981); E. Arimondo, A. Gozzini, F. Lovitch, and E. Pistelli, “Microwave dispersive bistability in a confocal Fabry–Perot microwave cavity,” in Optical Bistability, C. M. Bowden, M. Ciftan, and H. R. Robl, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1981), pp. 151–171; P. D. Drummond, “Optical bistability in a radially varying mode,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 301–306 (1981); L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of the radial variation of the electric field on some instabilities in optical bistability and lasers,” in Optical Bistability II, C. M. Bowden, H. M. Gibbs, and S. L. McCall, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1984), pp. 397–405.
[CrossRef]

Sargent, M.

D. A. Holm, M. Sargent, and L. M. Hoffer, “Quantum theory of multiwave mixing. III. Averages over inhomogeneous broadening, spatial hole-burning, and Gaussian beams,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 963–973 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

S. Stuut and M. Sargent, “Effects of Gaussian-beam averaging on phase conjugation and beat-frequency spectroscopy,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 95–101 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Sato, H.

H. Gamo and H. Sato, “Pulse propagation in a partially homogeneously broadened linear gas laser amplifier: determination of line-shape parameters,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 3585–3596 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Schmidt, A. J.

R. C. Greenhow and A. J. Schmidt, “Undamped regular spiking of a ruby laser in a misaligned cavity,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 390–391 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Seaton, C. T.

E. M. Wright, G. I. Stegeman, C. T. Seaton, J. V. Moloney, and A. D. Boardman, “Multisoliton emission from a nonlinear waveguide,” Phys. Rev. A 34, 4442–4444 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

W. J. Firth, C. T. Seaton, E. M. Wright, and S. D. Smith, “Spatial hysteresis in optical bistability,” Appl. Phys. B 28, 131–132 (1982).
[CrossRef]

Ségard, B.

B. Ségard, B. Macke, L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, and M. Brambilla, “Multimode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 703–722 (1989); B. Ségard, W. Sergent, B. Macke, and N. B. Abraham, “Second side-mode instability in optical bistability with a two-level homogeneously broadened medium,” Phys. Rev. A. 39, 6029–6032 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Selway, P. R.

P. A. Kirkby, A. R. Goodwin, G. H. B. Thompson, and P. R. Selway, “Observations of self-focussing in stripe geometry semiconductor lasers and the development of a comprehensive model of their operation,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 705–719 (1977).
[CrossRef]

Semenov, V. E.

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in nonlinear bistable interferometers. III. Dependence of the beam profile on the Fresnel number,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 10, 2355–2358 (1983) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 13, 1534–1536 (1984)].

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse field structure in nonlinear bistable interferometers. II: Time dependent regimes,” Kvantovaya Electron. (Moscow) 9, 361–363 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 198–200 (1982)].

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in a nonlinear interferometer: I. Switching waves and steady-state profiles,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 354–360 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 193–197 (1982)].

N. N. Rosanov and V. E. Semenov, “The kinetics of the hysteresis change of the beam-profile in nonlinear interferometers,” Opt. Commun. 38, 435–438 (1981).
[CrossRef]

Seregin, A. M.

M. G. Galushkin, L. V. Koval’chuk, A. Yu. Rodionov, A. M. Seregin, N. D. Ustinov, and N. V. Cheburkin, “Self interaction of radiation in a CO2 laser resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 868–871 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 570–572 (1985)].

Seshadri, S. R.

Shabat, A. B.

V. E. Zakharov and A. B. Shabat, “Exact theory of two-dimensional self-focusing and one-dimensional self-modulation of waves in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 61, 118–134 (1972) [Soviet Phys. JETP 34, 62–69 (1972)].

Shashkin, V.

N. Rosanov, A. Federov, and V. Shashkin, “Formation and dynamics of spatial structures in increasing absorption bistable schemes,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.

Shcherbakova, A. A.

A. L. Mikaeljan, V. F. Kuprishov, Yu. G. Turkov, Yu. V. Andreev, and A. A. Shcherbakova, Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 244–246 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 155–157 (1970)].

Sheldrake, S. J.

L. W. Casperson and S. J. Sheldrake, “Beam deflection and isolation in laser amplifiers,” Opt. Commun. 12, 349–353 (1974).
[CrossRef]

Shen, Y. R.

Y. R. Shen, “Self-focusing: experimental,” Prog. Quantum Electron. 4, 1–34 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Sheng, S. C.

S. C. Sheng and A. E. Siegman, “Nonlinear optical calculations using fast transform methods: second harmonic generation with depletion and diffraction,” Phys. Rev. A 21, 599–606 (1980).
[CrossRef]

Shih, M. L.

M. L. Shih and P. W. Milonni, “Coupled two-mode lasing,” Opt. Commun. 49, 155–160 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Shore, K. A.

P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Analysis of a nonlinear rib-structure semiconductor optical waveguide,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 6, 669–674 (1989).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Amplification properties of dynamics instabilities, Hopf bifurcation in semiconductor lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1211–1215 (1988), and references therein.
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Nonlinearities in laser diodes,” J. Phys. Chem. Solids 49, 659–665 (1988).
[CrossRef]

P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Asymmetric semiconductor waveguide with defocusing nonlinearity,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-24, 2046–2051 (1988).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Optical and electronic control of Hopf bifurcation in twin-stripe semiconductor lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 134, 51–54 (1987).

K. A. Shore, “Static and dynamic bifurcations in semiconductor lasers for device applications,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 19, S113–S119 (1987).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Static and dynamic bifurcations in semiconductor lasers for device applications,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 19, S113–S119 (1987).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Optical and electronic control of Hopf bifurcation in twin-stripe semiconductor lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 134, 51–54 (1987).

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Optical limiter action in twin-stripe-geometry lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 129, 297–300 (1982).

K. A. Shore, “Optical limiter action in twin-stripe-geometry lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 129, 297–300 (1982).

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Stability analysis of transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 128, 154–159 (1981).

Siegman, A. E.

S. C. Sheng and A. E. Siegman, “Nonlinear optical calculations using fast transform methods: second harmonic generation with depletion and diffraction,” Phys. Rev. A 21, 599–606 (1980).
[CrossRef]

Silberberg, Y.

Simoneau, P.

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Sipe, J. E.

Smirnov, V.

N. Vyssotina, N. Rosanov, and V. Smirnov, “Instability of guided-wave transverse structure in layered nonlinear systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Smith, P. W.

W. J. Tomlinson, J. P. Gordon, P. W. Smith, and A. E. Kaplan, “Reflection of a Gausian beam at a nonlinear interface,” Appl. Opt. 21, 2041–2051 (1982).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

P. W. Smith, “Simultaneous phase locking of longitudinal and transverse laser modes,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 13, 235–237 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Smith, S. D.

A. K. Kar, J. G. H. Mathew, S. D. Smith, B. Davis, and W. Prettl, “Optical bistability in InSb at room temperature with two-photon excitation,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 42, 334–336 (1983).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, C. T. Seaton, E. M. Wright, and S. D. Smith, “Spatial hysteresis in optical bistability,” Appl. Phys. B 28, 131–132 (1982).
[CrossRef]

D. A. B. Miller, S. D. Smith, and A. Johnston, “Optical bistability and signal amplification in a semiconductor crystal: applications of new low-power nonlinear effects in InSb,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 658–660 (1979).
[CrossRef]

A. K. Kar, R. M. Harris, G. S. Buller, S. D. Smith, and A. C. Walker, “Pixellation of opto-thermal bistable devices for switch power and crosstalk reduction,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 443–446 (1988).

Smith, S. R.

P. A. Wolff, N. B. Abraham, and S. R. Smith, “Measurement of radial variation of 3.51 μ m gain in xenon discharge tubes,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 400–403 (1977).
[CrossRef]

Sobolev, V. V.

V. E. Zakharov, V. V. Sobolev, and V. C. Synakh, “Behavior of light beams in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 60, 136–145 (1971) [Sov. Phys. JETP 33, 77–81 (1971)].

Soskin, M. S.

V. L. Broude, V. V. Zaika, V. I. Kravchenko, and M. S. Soskin, “Operation of the ruby laser with tilted mirrors,” Zh. Prikl. Spektrosk. 3, 225–229 (1965) [Sov. Phys. J. Appl. Spectrosc. 3, 162–165 (1965)].

Stegeman, G. I.

D. R. Heatley, E. M. Wright, and G. I. Stegeman, “Numerical calculations of spatial localized wave emission from a nonlinear waveguide: two-level saturable media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 990–997 (1990).
[CrossRef]

S. Trillo, S. Wabnitz, and G. I. Stegeman, “Nonlinear codirectional guided wave mode conversion in grating structures,” IEEE J. Lightwave Technol. 6, 971–976 (1988).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, G. I. Stegeman, C. T. Seaton, J. V. Moloney, and A. D. Boardman, “Multisoliton emission from a nonlinear waveguide,” Phys. Rev. A 34, 4442–4444 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Stegeman, G. L.

Stephan, G.

G. Stephan and M. Trumper, “Inhomogeneity effects in a gas laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2344–2362 (1983); S. Asami, H. Gamo, and T. Tako, “Asymmetrical Lamb dip in a high-gain 3.5 μ m xenon laser. I. Experimental,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 22, 88–93 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Stickley, C. M.

C. M. Stickley, “Observation of beats between transverse modes in Ruby lasers,” Proc. IEEE 51, 848–849 (1963).
[CrossRef]

Strini, G.

L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Transverse effects and noise in optical instabilities,” Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 291–297 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Strozyk, J. W.

J. W. Strozyk, “Observations on a concentric spherical cavity laser oscillator,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-3, 343–348 (1967).
[CrossRef]

Stuut, S.

Suchkov, A. F.

M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Suppression of small-scale self-focusing in diverging beams,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 164–166 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 104–106 (1988)].

M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Methods for control of the radiation under diffraction,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 288–292 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 183–185 (1988)]; “Small-scale two-dimensional self-focusing,” Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 299, 868–870 (1988) [Sov. Phys. Dokl. 33, 263–266 (1988)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of intensity pulsations on the stimulated emission spectrum of a semiconductor laser,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 102–107 (1974) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 4, 55–57 (1974)].

V. E. Kuzin and A. F. Suchkov, “Operation of a laser with a planar resonator at high pumping levels,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 3, 53–58 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 236–239 (1972)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of the refractive index nonlinearity on the dynamics of emission from semiconductor lasers,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 53–59 (1971) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 1, 600–605 (1972)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of waveguide properties of a p-n junction on the coherent emission of gallium arsenide laser diodes,” Fiz. Tekhnol. Poluprovodn. 4, 341–346 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Semicond. 4, 277–281 (1970)].

A. F. Suchkov, “Electrodynamics of a laser with an open resonator and active medium inhomogeneities,” Tr. Fiz. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR 53, 161 (1968).

V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Dynamics of generation of giant coherent light pulses. II.,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 282–292 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 182–188 (1967)].

V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Generation dynamics of a giant coherent light pulse,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 50, 1148–1155 (1966) [Sov. Phys. JETP 23, 763–767 (1966)].

A. F. Suchkov, “Effect of inhomogeneities on the operation regime of solid-state lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 1495–1503 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 1026–1031 (1966)].

Sviridov, M. V.

I. P. Mazanko, M. I. Molchanov, N.-D. D. Ogurok, and M. V. Sviridov, “Gain distribution measurement in He–Ne laser tubes,” Opt. Spektrosk. 30, 927–931 (1971) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 30, 495–497 (1971)].

Synakh, V. C.

V. E. Zakharov, V. V. Sobolev, and V. C. Synakh, “Behavior of light beams in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 60, 136–145 (1971) [Sov. Phys. JETP 33, 77–81 (1971)].

Tai, K.

Tallet, A.

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and H. M. Gibbs, “High dimension chaotic attractors of a nonlinear ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 274–277 (1986); M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, H. M. Gibbs, D. L. Kaplan, and M. H. Rose, “Conjecture on the dimensions of chaotic attractors of delayed feedback dynamical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 4020–4022 (1987).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, K. Tai, H. M. Gibbs, M. C. Rushford, and N. Peyghambarian, “Continuous-wave off-resonance rings and continuous-wave on-resonance enhancement,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 591–605 (1984).
[CrossRef]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and J.-J. Zondy, “Linear analysis of single-feedback mirror spatiotemporal instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Tamm, Chr.

Chr. Tamm and C. O. Weiss, “Bistability and optical switching of spatial patterns in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1034–1038 (1990).
[CrossRef]

Chr. Tamm, “Frequency locking of two transverse optical modes of a laser,” Phys. Rev. A 38, 5960–5963 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Chr. Tamm and C. O. Weiss, “Spontaneous breaking of cylindrical symmetry in an optically pumped laser,” Opt. Commun. (to be published).

Chr. Tamm, “Detecting the ‘hidden’ bistability of the optical phase pattern,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 465–468.

Tankersley, L. L.

M. D. Duncan, R. Mahon, L. L. Tankersley, and J. Reintjes, “Control of transverse spatial modes in transient stimulated Raman amplification,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Tan-No, N.

N. Tan-No, T. Hashimiya, and H. Inabe, “Dispersion-free amplification and oscillation in phase-conjugate four-wave mixing in an atomic vapor doublet,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-16, 147–153 (1980).
[CrossRef]

Tatarkov, G. N.

L. A. Melnikov, S. Tatarkova, and G. N. Tatarkov, “Nonlinear dynamics of beam parameters and intensity in a unidirectional ring laser with a homogeneously broadened line,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Tatarkova, S.

L. A. Melnikov, S. Tatarkova, and G. N. Tatarkov, “Nonlinear dynamics of beam parameters and intensity in a unidirectional ring laser with a homogeneously broadened line,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Thompson, G. H. B.

P. A. Kirkby, A. R. Goodwin, G. H. B. Thompson, and P. R. Selway, “Observations of self-focussing in stripe geometry semiconductor lasers and the development of a comprehensive model of their operation,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 705–719 (1977).
[CrossRef]

Tomlinson, W. J.

Toschek, P. E.

H. M. Gibbs, B. Bolger, F. P. Mattar, M. C. Newstein, G. Forster, and P. E. Toschek, “Coherent on-resonance self-focusing of optical pulses in absorbers,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1743–1746 (1976).
[CrossRef]

Tredicce, J.

Tredicce, J. R.

J. R. Tredicce, E. J. Quel, A. M. Ghazzawi, C. Green, and M. A. Pernigo, “Spatial and temporal instabilities in a CO2 laser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 62, 1274–1277 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, P. Ru, J. R. Tredicce, and D. K. Bandy, “Role of transverse effects in laser instabilities,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3847–3866 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and D. K. Bandy, “Spontaneous spatial pattern formation in lasers and cooperative frequency locking,” Opt. Commun. 68, 63–68 (1988).
[CrossRef]

G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, F. T. Arecchi, and J. R. Tredicce, “Evidence that transverse effects cause an instability in a single-mode CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 3978–3981 (1987); G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and F. T. Arecchi, “Spontaneous oscillations in a single mode CO2 laser in a Fabry–Perot cavity,” in Optical Chaos, J. Chrostowski and N. B. Abraham, eds., Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng.667, 41–46 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Tremblay, R.

I. Golub and R. Tremblay, “Light focusing and guiding by an axicon-pair-generated tubular light beam,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Trillo, S.

S. Trillo, S. Wabnitz, and G. I. Stegeman, “Nonlinear codirectional guided wave mode conversion in grating structures,” IEEE J. Lightwave Technol. 6, 971–976 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Troitskii, Y. V.

Y. V. Troitskii and V. P. Chebotaev, “Distribution of population inversion across an He–Ne discharge,” Opt. Spektrosk. 20, 362–364 (1966) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 20, 199–200 (1966)].

Trumper, M.

G. Stephan and M. Trumper, “Inhomogeneity effects in a gas laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2344–2362 (1983); S. Asami, H. Gamo, and T. Tako, “Asymmetrical Lamb dip in a high-gain 3.5 μ m xenon laser. I. Experimental,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 22, 88–93 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Tsar’kov, V. A.

V. I. Logvinov and V. A. Tsar’kov, “Investigation of spatial and spectral distributions of spontaneous radiation emitted by a xenon-helium optical amplifier,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 50–54 (1976) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 6, 26–29 (1976)].

Tsarkov, V. A.

V. A. Tsarkov and M. L. Molchanov, “Measurement of gain distribution in the tube of a helium-neon laser (λ = 0.63 μ m) under high frequency excitation,” Opt. Spektrosk. 35, 328–329 (1973) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 35, 191 (1973)].

Turkov, Yu. G.

A. L. Mikaeljan, V. F. Kuprishov, Yu. G. Turkov, Yu. V. Andreev, and A. A. Shcherbakova, Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 244–246 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 155–157 (1970)].

Uspenskii, A. V.

V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskii, “Influence of the gain profile on the laser dynamics,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 51–56 (1973) [Sov. J. Quantum Elektron. 3, 208–210 (1973)].

Uspenskiy, A. V.

V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskiy, “Non-uniform population inversion effects in the dynamics of a single-mode solid-state laser,” Opt. Acta 21, 773 (1974).
[CrossRef]

Ustinov, N. D.

M. G. Galushkin, L. V. Koval’chuk, A. Yu. Rodionov, A. M. Seregin, N. D. Ustinov, and N. V. Cheburkin, “Self interaction of radiation in a CO2 laser resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 868–871 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 570–572 (1985)].

Valley, J. F.

van Dreil, H. M.

Van Eck, D. C.

D. C. Van Eck, “Wavefront measurements on semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-19, 966–968 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Varatharajah, P.

Varwig, R. L.

C. P. Wang and R. L. Varwig, “Competition of longitudinal and transverse modes in a cw HF chemical laser,” Opt. Commun. 34, 103–107 (1980).
[CrossRef]

Velzel, C. H.

B. S. Poh, T. E. Rozzi, and C. H. Velzel, “Single- and dual-filament self-sustained oscillations in DH injection lasers,” Solid State Electron. Dev. 3, 233–241 (1979).

Venkatesan, T. N. C.

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, and T. N. C. Venkatesan, “Differential gain and bistability using a sodium-filled Fabry–Perot interferometer,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 36, 1135–1138 (1976).
[CrossRef]

Verkerk, P.

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

G. Grynberg and P. Verkerk, “Collision-aided self-focusing and self-defocusing in sodium vapor,” Opt. Commun. 61, 296–298 (1987).
[CrossRef]

Viecelli, J.

Vinokurov, G. N.

I. M. Belousova, G. N. Vinokurov, O. B. Danilov, and N. N. Rozanov, “Mode interaction in a Gas laser with spherical mirror resonators,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 1146–1156 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 761–767 (1967)].

Vitrant, G.

M. Haelterman, G. Vitrant, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. I: Modal theory,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

G. Vitrant, M. Haelterman, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. II. Modal analysis for normal and oblique incidence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Vorontsov, M. A.

S. Akhmanov, M. A. Vorontsov, and V. V. Ivanov, “Large-scale transverse nonlinear interactions in laser beams; new types of nonlinear waves; onset of ‘Optical turbulence,’ ” Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 47, 611–614 (1988) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 47, 707–711 (1988)].

Vyssotina, N.

N. Vyssotina, N. Rosanov, and V. Smirnov, “Instability of guided-wave transverse structure in layered nonlinear systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Wabnitz, S.

S. Trillo, S. Wabnitz, and G. I. Stegeman, “Nonlinear codirectional guided wave mode conversion in grating structures,” IEEE J. Lightwave Technol. 6, 971–976 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Walker, A. C.

A. K. Kar, R. M. Harris, G. S. Buller, S. D. Smith, and A. C. Walker, “Pixellation of opto-thermal bistable devices for switch power and crosstalk reduction,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 443–446 (1988).

Wang, C. P.

C. P. Wang and R. L. Varwig, “Competition of longitudinal and transverse modes in a cw HF chemical laser,” Opt. Commun. 34, 103–107 (1980).
[CrossRef]

Wang, S. S.

H. G. Winful and S. S. Wang, “Stability of phase locking in coupled semiconductor laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 1894–1896 (1988); R. A. Elliott, R. K. DeFreez, T. L. Paoli, R. D. Burnham, and W. Streifer, “Dynamic characteristics of phase-locked array multiple quantum well injection lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 598–602 (1985); N. Yu, R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, R. A. Elliott, H. G. Winful, and D. F. Welch, “Observation of sustained self-pulsation in cw operated flared Y-coupled laser arrays,” Electron. Lett. 24, 1203–1204 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, K. Hartnett, R. A. Elliott, and H. G. Winful, “Spectral and picosecond temporal properties of flared-guide Y-coupled phase-locked laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 2380–2382 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, J. M. Hunt, H. Ximen, R. A. Elliott, N. W. Carlson, M. Lurie, G. A. Evans, J. M. Hammer, D. P. Bour, S. L. Palfrey, R. Amantea, H. G. Winful, and S. S. Wang, “Picosecond optical properties of a grating surface emitting two-dimensional coherent laser array,” IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett. 1, 209–211 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Warrington, D. M.

R. J. Ballagh, J. Cooper, M. W. Hamilton, W. J. Sandle, and D. M. Warrington, “Optical bistability in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 37, 143–148 (1981); E. Arimondo, A. Gozzini, F. Lovitch, and E. Pistelli, “Microwave dispersive bistability in a confocal Fabry–Perot microwave cavity,” in Optical Bistability, C. M. Bowden, M. Ciftan, and H. R. Robl, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1981), pp. 151–171; P. D. Drummond, “Optical bistability in a radially varying mode,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 301–306 (1981); L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of the radial variation of the electric field on some instabilities in optical bistability and lasers,” in Optical Bistability II, C. M. Bowden, H. M. Gibbs, and S. L. McCall, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1984), pp. 397–405.
[CrossRef]

Watanabe, Y.

Y. Watanabe, T. Fujioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Phase locking phenomena of multitransverse longitudinal modes in He–Ne lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 880–884 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Weaire, D.

D. Weaire and M. Al-Hourani, “Dynamics of optical Instability: a simple model,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1066–1071 (1990).
[CrossRef]

D. Weaire, J. P. Kermode, and V. M. Dwyer, “The role of diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 55, 223–228 (1985).
[CrossRef]

Weber, H.

F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Simple mathematical model describing multitransversal solid-state lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1013–1018 (1990).
[CrossRef]

F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Quasiperiodicity versus chaos in high power solid state lasers in multitransversal mode operation,” Opt. Commun. 75, 84–92 (1990).
[CrossRef]

R. Hauck, F. Hollinger, and H. Weber, “Chaotic and periodic emission on high power solid state lasers,” Opt. Commun. 47, 141–145 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Weiss, C. O.

Chr. Tamm and C. O. Weiss, “Bistability and optical switching of spatial patterns in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1034–1038 (1990).
[CrossRef]

W. Klische, C. O. Weiss, and B. Wellegehausen, “Spatiotemporal chaos from a continuous Na2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 919–922 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

C. O. Weiss, “Observation of instabilities and chaos in optically pumped far-infrared lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 137–140 (1985).
[CrossRef]

C. O. Weiss, A. Godone, and A. Olafsson, “Routes to chaotic emission in a cw He–Ne laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 892–895 (1983).
[CrossRef]

C. O. Weiss and H. King, “Oscillation period doubling chaos in a laser,” Opt. Commun. 44, 59–61 (1982).
[CrossRef]

Chr. Tamm and C. O. Weiss, “Spontaneous breaking of cylindrical symmetry in an optically pumped laser,” Opt. Commun. (to be published).

Wellegehausen, B.

W. Klische, C. O. Weiss, and B. Wellegehausen, “Spatiotemporal chaos from a continuous Na2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 919–922 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Wesson, J. C.

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

Wherrett, B. S.

E. Abraham, C. Godsalve, and B. S. Wherrett, “Operation characteristics of pixellated nonlinear interference filters,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 43–46 (1988).

White, A. D.

A. D. White and E. I. Gordon, “Excitation mechanisms and current dependence of population inversion in HeNe lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 3, 197–199 (1963).
[CrossRef]

Wiegman, W.

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, T. N. C. Gossard, A. Passner, and W. Wiegman, “Optical bistability in semiconductors,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 451–453 (1979).
[CrossRef]

Winful, H. G.

H. G. Winful and S. S. Wang, “Stability of phase locking in coupled semiconductor laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 1894–1896 (1988); R. A. Elliott, R. K. DeFreez, T. L. Paoli, R. D. Burnham, and W. Streifer, “Dynamic characteristics of phase-locked array multiple quantum well injection lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 598–602 (1985); N. Yu, R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, R. A. Elliott, H. G. Winful, and D. F. Welch, “Observation of sustained self-pulsation in cw operated flared Y-coupled laser arrays,” Electron. Lett. 24, 1203–1204 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, K. Hartnett, R. A. Elliott, and H. G. Winful, “Spectral and picosecond temporal properties of flared-guide Y-coupled phase-locked laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 2380–2382 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, J. M. Hunt, H. Ximen, R. A. Elliott, N. W. Carlson, M. Lurie, G. A. Evans, J. M. Hammer, D. P. Bour, S. L. Palfrey, R. Amantea, H. G. Winful, and S. S. Wang, “Picosecond optical properties of a grating surface emitting two-dimensional coherent laser array,” IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett. 1, 209–211 (1989).
[CrossRef]

M. Dagenais and H. G. Winful, “Low power transverse optical bistability near bound excitons in cadmium sulfide,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 44, 574–576 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Witteman, W. J.

G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Gain induced stability of active plane-parallel resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974).
[CrossRef]

G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Mode structure of active resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 911–918 (1973); “The effect of radial radiation transport on intensity characteristics and oscillation frequency of homogeneously broadened lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974); W. J. Witteman and G. J. Ernst, “On the saturation effects and start jump of Gaussian modes in oscillators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-11, 198–204 (1975); W. J. Firth, B. S. Wherrett, and D. Wearie, “Theory of spin-flip laser modes—I: Threshold modulation and tuning behavior,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-12, 218–225 (1976).
[CrossRef]

Wolff, P. A.

P. A. Wolff, N. B. Abraham, and S. R. Smith, “Measurement of radial variation of 3.51 μ m gain in xenon discharge tubes,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 400–403 (1977).
[CrossRef]

Wright, E. M.

E. M. Wright, “Quantum theory of self-phase modulation,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1142–1146 (1990).
[CrossRef]

A. B. Aceves, P. Varatharajah, A. C. Newell, E. M. Wright, G. L. Stegeman, D. R. Heatley, J. V. Moloney, and H. Adachihara, “Particle aspects of collimated light channel propagation at nonlinear interfaces and in waveguides,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 963–974 (1990).
[CrossRef]

D. R. Heatley, E. M. Wright, and G. I. Stegeman, “Numerical calculations of spatial localized wave emission from a nonlinear waveguide: two-level saturable media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 990–997 (1990).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, G. I. Stegeman, C. T. Seaton, J. V. Moloney, and A. D. Boardman, “Multisoliton emission from a nonlinear waveguide,” Phys. Rev. A 34, 4442–4444 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

E. M. Wright, W. J. Firth, and I. Galbraith, “Beam propagation in a medium with a diffusive Kerr-type nonlinearity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 383–386 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion and diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 1005–1009 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, C. T. Seaton, E. M. Wright, and S. D. Smith, “Spatial hysteresis in optical bistability,” Appl. Phys. B 28, 131–132 (1982).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Oscillations and chaos in a Fabry–Perot bistable cavity with a Gaussian input beam,” Phys. Lett. A 92, 211–216 (1982).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Theory of Gaussian-beam optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 40, 233–238 (1982).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion effects in bistable optical arrays,” in Optical Bistability III, H. M. Gibbs, P. Mandel, N. Peyghambarian, and S. D. Smith, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986), pp. 197–201.

Yariv, A.

Ch. Harder, K. Y. Lau, and A. Yariv, “Bistability and pulsations in semiconductor lasers with inhomogeneous current injection,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-18, 1351–1361 (1982).
[CrossRef]

L. W. Casperson and A. Yariv, “Gain and dispersion focusing in a high gain laser,” Appl. Opt. 11, 462–466 (1972); “The Gaussian mode in optical resonators with a radial gain profile,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 355–357 (1968).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

A. Yariv and P. Yeh, Optical Waves in Crystals (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1984).

Yeh, P.

A. Yariv and P. Yeh, Optical Waves in Crystals (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1984).

Young, J.

Yuan, J. M.

J. Y. Gao, J. M. Yuan, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities and chaotic behavior in a hybrid bistable system with a short delay,” Opt. Commun. 44, 201–206 (1983); J. Y. Gao, L. M. Narducci, H. Sadiky, M. Squicciarini, and J. M. Yuan, “Higher order bifurcations in a bistable system with delay,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 901–905 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Yur’ev, M.

A. Kostyuchenko, V. Kuznetsov, S. Federov, and M. Yur’ev, “Transverse profile instability of the laser beam in a pulsed excimer laser active medium,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.

Zachos, T. H.

J. C. Dyment and T. H. Zachos, “Injection-laser far-field patterns with Gaussian profiles in the junction plane,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 2923–2926 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Zaika, V. V.

V. L. Broude, V. V. Zaika, V. I. Kravchenko, and M. S. Soskin, “Operation of the ruby laser with tilted mirrors,” Zh. Prikl. Spektrosk. 3, 225–229 (1965) [Sov. Phys. J. Appl. Spectrosc. 3, 162–165 (1965)].

Zakharov, V. E.

V. E. Zakharov and A. B. Shabat, “Exact theory of two-dimensional self-focusing and one-dimensional self-modulation of waves in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 61, 118–134 (1972) [Soviet Phys. JETP 34, 62–69 (1972)].

V. E. Zakharov, V. V. Sobolev, and V. C. Synakh, “Behavior of light beams in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 60, 136–145 (1971) [Sov. Phys. JETP 33, 77–81 (1971)].

Zchos, T. H.

T. H. Zchos and J. C. Dyment, “Resonant modes of GaAs junction lasers III: Propagation characteristics of laser beams with rectangular symmetry,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 317–324 (1970).
[CrossRef]

Zhang, L.-G.

L.-G. Zhang, N.-P. Chen, and E.-X. Ba, “Effects of light feedback on CO2laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.

Zondy, J.-J.

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and J.-J. Zondy, “Linear analysis of single-feedback mirror spatiotemporal instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Appl. Opt. (8)

W. J. Tomlinson, J. P. Gordon, P. W. Smith, and A. E. Kaplan, “Reflection of a Gausian beam at a nonlinear interface,” Appl. Opt. 21, 2041–2051 (1982).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. P. Goldsborough, “Beat frequencies between modes of a concave-mirror optical resonator,” Appl. Opt. 3, 267–275 (1964); J. Katzenstein, G. Magyar, and A. C. Selden, “Laser Q-switching by organic solvents,” Opto-Electron. 1, 13–19 (1969); S. V. Gaponov, A. G. Goncharov, G. A. Kraftmakher, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Obtaining a giant pulse in a solid state laser with the aid of organic solvents,” Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 370–373 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 248–250 (1970)]; S. V. Gaponov, L. V. Paramonov, N. N. Salashchenko, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Nonlinear optical effects responsible for giant pulses emitted by a neodymium laser with an organic liquid inside its resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 7, 2432–2436 (1980) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 10, 1415–1418 (1980); A. Drobnik and L. Wolf, “Influence of self-focussing on the operation of a neodymium glass laser,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 5, 462–464 (1978) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 8, 274–275 (1978)]; M. C. Marconi, O. E. Martinez, and F. P. Diodati, “Q switching by self-focusing,” Opt. Lett. 10, 402–404 (1985); “Second threshold condition in the case of Q switching by self-focusing,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 3, 1630–1636 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. W. Casperson and A. Yariv, “Gain and dispersion focusing in a high gain laser,” Appl. Opt. 11, 462–466 (1972); “The Gaussian mode in optical resonators with a radial gain profile,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 355–357 (1968).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

P. Burlamacchi, R. Pratesi, and L. Ronchi, “Self-guiding flash-lamp-pumped dye lasers,” Appl. Opt. 14, 79–93 (1975).
[PubMed]

U. Ganiel and Y. Silberberg, “Stability of optical resonators with an active medium, Appl. Opt. 14, 306–309 (1975).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

H. Kogelnik, “On the propagation of Gaussian beams of light through lenslike media including those with a loss or gain variation,” Appl. Opt. 4, 1562–1569 (1965).
[CrossRef]

L. W. Casperson, “Gaussian light beams in inhomogeneous media,” Appl. Opt. 12, 2434–2441 (1973).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. P. Goldsborough, “Beat frequencies between modes of a concave-mirror optical resonator,” Appl. Opt. 3, 267–275 (1964).
[CrossRef]

Appl. Phys. B (1)

W. J. Firth, C. T. Seaton, E. M. Wright, and S. D. Smith, “Spatial hysteresis in optical bistability,” Appl. Phys. B 28, 131–132 (1982).
[CrossRef]

Appl. Phys. Lett. (10)

M. Dagenais and H. G. Winful, “Low power transverse optical bistability near bound excitons in cadmium sulfide,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 44, 574–576 (1984).
[CrossRef]

A. K. Kar, J. G. H. Mathew, S. D. Smith, B. Davis, and W. Prettl, “Optical bistability in InSb at room temperature with two-photon excitation,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 42, 334–336 (1983).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, T. N. C. Gossard, A. Passner, and W. Wiegman, “Optical bistability in semiconductors,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 451–453 (1979).
[CrossRef]

D. A. B. Miller, S. D. Smith, and A. Johnston, “Optical bistability and signal amplification in a semiconductor crystal: applications of new low-power nonlinear effects in InSb,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 35, 658–660 (1979).
[CrossRef]

P. W. Smith, “Simultaneous phase locking of longitudinal and transverse laser modes,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 13, 235–237 (1968).
[CrossRef]

A. D. White and E. I. Gordon, “Excitation mechanisms and current dependence of population inversion in HeNe lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 3, 197–199 (1963).
[CrossRef]

I. Freund, “Self Q-switching in ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 388–390 (1968).
[CrossRef]

R. J. Collins, L. O. Braun, and D. R. Dean, “A new method of giant pulsing ruby lasers,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 392–393 (1968).
[CrossRef]

R. C. Greenhow and A. J. Schmidt, “Undamped regular spiking of a ruby laser in a misaligned cavity,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 12, 390–391 (1968).
[CrossRef]

H. G. Winful and S. S. Wang, “Stability of phase locking in coupled semiconductor laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 1894–1896 (1988); R. A. Elliott, R. K. DeFreez, T. L. Paoli, R. D. Burnham, and W. Streifer, “Dynamic characteristics of phase-locked array multiple quantum well injection lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 598–602 (1985); N. Yu, R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, R. A. Elliott, H. G. Winful, and D. F. Welch, “Observation of sustained self-pulsation in cw operated flared Y-coupled laser arrays,” Electron. Lett. 24, 1203–1204 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, K. Hartnett, R. A. Elliott, and H. G. Winful, “Spectral and picosecond temporal properties of flared-guide Y-coupled phase-locked laser arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 53, 2380–2382 (1988); R. K. DeFreez, D. J. Bossert, N. Yu, J. M. Hunt, H. Ximen, R. A. Elliott, N. W. Carlson, M. Lurie, G. A. Evans, J. M. Hammer, D. P. Bour, S. L. Palfrey, R. Amantea, H. G. Winful, and S. S. Wang, “Picosecond optical properties of a grating surface emitting two-dimensional coherent laser array,” IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett. 1, 209–211 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Europhys. Lett. (1)

G. Grynberg and J. Paye, “Spatial instability for a standing wave in a nonlinear medium,” Europhys. Lett. 8, 29–33 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Fiz. Tekhnol. Poluprovodn. (1)

R. G. Allakhverdyan, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of waveguide properties of a p-n junction on the coherent emission of gallium arsenide laser diodes,” Fiz. Tekhnol. Poluprovodn. 4, 341–346 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Semicond. 4, 277–281 (1970)].

IEEE J. Lightwave Technol. (1)

S. Trillo, S. Wabnitz, and G. I. Stegeman, “Nonlinear codirectional guided wave mode conversion in grating structures,” IEEE J. Lightwave Technol. 6, 971–976 (1988).
[CrossRef]

IEEE J. Quantum Electron. (25)

P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Asymmetric semiconductor waveguide with defocusing nonlinearity,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-24, 2046–2051 (1988).
[CrossRef]

J. W. Strozyk, “Observations on a concentric spherical cavity laser oscillator,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-3, 343–348 (1967).
[CrossRef]

R. S. Afzal and N. M. Lawandy, “Bistable direction switching in an off-axis pumped continuous wave ruby laser,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 24, 1818–1820 (1988).
[CrossRef]

P. A. Wolff, N. B. Abraham, and S. R. Smith, “Measurement of radial variation of 3.51 μ m gain in xenon discharge tubes,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 400–403 (1977).
[CrossRef]

G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Gain induced stability of active plane-parallel resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974).
[CrossRef]

L. W. Casperson, “Mode stability of lasers and periodic optical systems,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 629–634 (1974).
[CrossRef]

N. E. Byer and J. K. Butler, “Optical field distribution in close-confined laser structures,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 291–296 (1970).
[CrossRef]

T. H. Zchos and J. C. Dyment, “Resonant modes of GaAs junction lasers III: Propagation characteristics of laser beams with rectangular symmetry,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-6, 317–324 (1970).
[CrossRef]

N. Chinone, K. Aiki, M. Nakamura, and R. Ito, “Effects of lateral mode and carrier density profile on dynamic behaviors of semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-14, 625–631 (1978).
[CrossRef]

D. C. Van Eck, “Wavefront measurements on semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-19, 966–968 (1983).
[CrossRef]

J. Buus, “Models of the static and dynamic behavior of stripe geometry lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-19, 953–960 (1983).
[CrossRef]

P. A. Kirkby, A. R. Goodwin, G. H. B. Thompson, and P. R. Selway, “Observations of self-focussing in stripe geometry semiconductor lasers and the development of a comprehensive model of their operation,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-13, 705–719 (1977).
[CrossRef]

J. B. Delaney and J. K. Butler, “The effect of device geometry on lateral mode content of stripe geometry lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-15, 750–755 (1979).
[CrossRef]

N. Tan-No, T. Hashimiya, and H. Inabe, “Dispersion-free amplification and oscillation in phase-conjugate four-wave mixing in an atomic vapor doublet,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-16, 147–153 (1980).
[CrossRef]

Ch. Harder, K. Y. Lau, and A. Yariv, “Bistability and pulsations in semiconductor lasers with inhomogeneous current injection,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-18, 1351–1361 (1982).
[CrossRef]

B. S. Poh and T. E. Rozzi, “Intrinsic instabilities in narrow stripe geometry lasers caused by lateral current spreading,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 723–731 (1981).
[CrossRef]

P. K. Cheo and H. G. Cooper, “Gain characteristics of CO2laser amplifiers at 10.6 microns,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-3, 79–84 (1967).
[CrossRef]

D. L. Franzen and R. J. Collins, “Radial gain profiles in CO2laser discharges,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-8, 400–404 (1972).
[CrossRef]

Y. Watanabe, T. Fujioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Phase locking phenomena of multitransverse longitudinal modes in He–Ne lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 880–884 (1968).
[CrossRef]

D. H. Auston, “Transverse mode locking,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 420 (1968); “Forced and spontaneous phase locking of the transverse modes of a He–Ne laser,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-4, 471–473 (1968).
[CrossRef]

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Conical emissions and phase conjugation in atomic sodium vapor,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 25, 395–402 (1989).
[CrossRef]

C. Freed and H. A. Haus, “Lamb dip in CO lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 219–226 (1973); H. Maeda and K. Shimoda, “The theory of a gas laser with a Gaussian field profile,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1235–1239 (1975).
[CrossRef]

G. J. Ernst and W. J. Witteman, “Mode structure of active resonators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-9, 911–918 (1973); “The effect of radial radiation transport on intensity characteristics and oscillation frequency of homogeneously broadened lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-10, 37–44 (1974); W. J. Witteman and G. J. Ernst, “On the saturation effects and start jump of Gaussian modes in oscillators,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-11, 198–204 (1975); W. J. Firth, B. S. Wherrett, and D. Wearie, “Theory of spin-flip laser modes—I: Threshold modulation and tuning behavior,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-12, 218–225 (1976).
[CrossRef]

T. G. Dziura, “Beyond mean field and plane wave theories of bistable semiconductor lasers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-22, 651–654 (1986).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and I. Galbraith, “Diffusive transverse coupling of bistable elements—switching waves and crosstalk,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-21, 1399–1403 (1985).
[CrossRef]

J. Appl. Phys. (7)

J. A. Fleck and R. E. Kidder, “Coupled mode laser oscillation,” J. Appl. Phys. 35, 2825–2831 (1964); “Stability of coupled-mode laser equations,” J. Appl. Phys. 36, 2327 (1965).
[CrossRef]

J. C. Dyment and T. H. Zachos, “Injection-laser far-field patterns with Gaussian profiles in the junction plane,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 2923–2926 (1968).
[CrossRef]

F. R. Nash, “Mode guidance parallel to the junction plane of double heterostructure GaAs lasers,” J. Appl. Phys. 44, 4696–4707 (1973).
[CrossRef]

D. D. Cook and F. R. Nash, “Gain-induced guiding and astigmatic output beam of GaAs lasers,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 1660–1672 (1975).
[CrossRef]

H. Risken and K. Nummedal, “Self-pulsing in laser,” J. Appl. Phys. 39, 4662–4672 (1968); R. Graham and H. Haken, “Quantum theory of light propagation in a fluctuation laser-active medium,” Z. Phys. 213, 420–450 (1968).
[CrossRef]

H. Gamo and H. Sato, “Pulse propagation in a partially homogeneously broadened linear gas laser amplifier: determination of line-shape parameters,” J. Appl. Phys. 46, 3585–3596 (1975).
[CrossRef]

H. Maeda, “Amplification of Gaussian beams through a gaseous medium,” J. Appl. Phys. 47, 3566–3568 (1976).
[CrossRef]

J. Opt. Soc. Am. B (35)

P. M. Lambkin and K. A. Shore, “Analysis of a nonlinear rib-structure semiconductor optical waveguide,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 6, 669–674 (1989).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, “Quantum theory of self-phase modulation,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1142–1146 (1990).
[CrossRef]

A. Yu. Okulov and A. N. Oraevsky, “Space-temporal behavior of a light pulse propagating in a nonlinear nondispersive medium,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 3, 741–746 (1986); A. Yu. Okulov, “Two-dimensional periodic structures in a nonlinear resonator,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B,  7, 1045–1050 (1990).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Amplification properties of dynamics instabilities, Hopf bifurcation in semiconductor lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1211–1215 (1988), and references therein.
[CrossRef]

D. Weaire and M. Al-Hourani, “Dynamics of optical Instability: a simple model,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1066–1071 (1990).
[CrossRef]

V. L. Derbov, L. A. Melnikov, A. D. Novikov, and S. K. Potapov, “Transverse pattern formation and spectral characteristics of cw light beams in resonant media: an improved numerical simulation technique and mode analysis,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1079–1086 (1990).
[CrossRef]

F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Simple mathematical model describing multitransversal solid-state lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1013–1018 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, J. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and M. A. Pernigo, “Instabilities and spatial complexity in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1019–1033 (1990).
[CrossRef]

Chr. Tamm and C. O. Weiss, “Bistability and optical switching of spatial patterns in a laser,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1034–1038 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, and L. M. Narducci, “Cooperative frequency locking and stationary spatial structures in lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 879–888 (1988).
[CrossRef]

F. Hollinger and Chr. Jung, “Single-longitudinal-mode laser as a discrete dynamical system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 218–225 (1985).
[CrossRef]

C. O. Weiss, “Observation of instabilities and chaos in optically pumped far-infrared lasers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 137–140 (1985).
[CrossRef]

D. R. Heatley, E. M. Wright, and G. I. Stegeman, “Numerical calculations of spatial localized wave emission from a nonlinear waveguide: two-level saturable media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 990–997 (1990).
[CrossRef]

G. Li and S. R. Seshadri, “Excitation of nonlinear surface polaritons supported by a metal–vacuum interface,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 998–1012 (1990).
[CrossRef]

N. F. Akhmediev, R. F. Nabiev, and Yu. M. Popov, “Angle-dependent nonlinear modes of a cylindrical waveguide,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 975–980 (1990).
[CrossRef]

A. B. Aceves, P. Varatharajah, A. C. Newell, E. M. Wright, G. L. Stegeman, D. R. Heatley, J. V. Moloney, and H. Adachihara, “Particle aspects of collimated light channel propagation at nonlinear interfaces and in waveguides,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 963–974 (1990).
[CrossRef]

G. P. Agrawal, “Transverse modulation instability of copropagating optical beams in nonlinear Kerr media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1072–1078 (1990).
[CrossRef]

G. G. Luther and C. J. McKinstrie, “Transverse modulational instability of collinear waves,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1125–1141 (1990).
[CrossRef]

S. Stuut and M. Sargent, “Effects of Gaussian-beam averaging on phase conjugation and beat-frequency spectroscopy,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 95–101 (1984).
[CrossRef]

G. I. Stegeman and R. H. Stolen, eds., Feature on Nonlinear Guided-Wave Phenomena, J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 264–574 (1988); see also long sections on nonlinear waveguides in Optical Bistability III, H. M. Gibbs, P. Mandel, N. Peyghambarian, and S. D. Smith, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986) and in Optical Bistability IV, W. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, (1988), and references therein.
[CrossRef]

H. Richardson and E. Abraham, “Effect of pixelation on the switching speeds of InSb bistable elements,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1051–1057 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of Gaussian-beam averaging on laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 15–17 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, A. Fitzgerald, and C. Paré, “Transverse instabilities due to counterpropagation in Kerr media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1087–1097 (1990).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, W. J. Firth, and I. Galbraith, “Beam propagation in a medium with a diffusive Kerr-type nonlinearity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 383–386 (1985).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion and diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 2, 1005–1009 (1985).
[CrossRef]

J. Young, H. Richardson, H. A. Mackenzie, E. Abraham, and D. J. Hagan, “Cross talk between bistable elements on an InSb étalon,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 3–10 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Yu. I. Balkarei, M. E. Evtikhov, J. V. Moloney, and Yu. A. Rzhanov, “Self-focusing effects in a bistable semiconductor interferometer,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7,(1990).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov and G. V. Khodova, “Diffractive autosolitons in nonlinear interferometers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1057–1065 (1990).
[CrossRef]

T. Karr, J. Morris, D. Chambers, J. Viecelli, and P. Cramer, “Perturbation growth by thermal blooming in turbulence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1103–1124 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. Gagnon, “Exact solutions for optical wave propagation including transverse effects,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1098–1102 (1990).
[CrossRef]

K. Dworschak, J. E. Sipe, and H. M. van Dreil, “Solid–melt patterns induced on silicon by a continuous laser beam at nonnormal incidence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 981–989 (1990).
[CrossRef]

A. W. McCord, R. J. Ballagh, and J. Cooper, “Dispersive self-focusing in atomic media,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1323–1334 (1988).
[CrossRef]

M. D. Feit and J. A. Fleck, “Beam nonparaxiality, filament formation, and beam breakup in the self-focusing of optical beams,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 633–640 (1988).
[CrossRef]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, K. Tai, H. M. Gibbs, M. C. Rushford, and N. Peyghambarian, “Continuous-wave off-resonance rings and continuous-wave on-resonance enhancement,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 1, 591–605 (1984).
[CrossRef]

G. Giusfredi, J. F. Valley, R. Pon, G. Khitrova, and H. M. Gibbs, “Optical instabilities in sodium vapor,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1181–1192 (1988); E. A. Chauchard and Y. H. Meyer, “On the origin of the so-called conical emission in laser pulse propagation in atomic vapor,” Opt. Commun. 52, 141–144 (1984); G. X. Jin, J. M. Yuan, L. M. Narducci, Y. S. Liu, and E. J. Seibert, “Theoretical and experimental studies of conical Stokes emission,” Opt. Commun. 68, 379–384 (1988); S.-M. Liu, G.-Y. Zhang, J.-L. Wang, and X.-Y. Ma, “Quasiperiodic oscillations in photoinduced conical light scattering from LiNbO3:Fe crystals,” Opt. Commun. 70, 185–189 (1989); see also Refs. 103–106 below.
[CrossRef]

J. Phys. Chem. Solids (1)

K. A. Shore, “Nonlinearities in laser diodes,” J. Phys. Chem. Solids 49, 659–665 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Kvantovaya Electron. (Moscow) (1)

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse field structure in nonlinear bistable interferometers. II: Time dependent regimes,” Kvantovaya Electron. (Moscow) 9, 361–363 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 198–200 (1982)].

Kvantovaya Elektron. (7)

G. L. Gurevich, L. Kh. Ingel’, and Ya. I. Khanin, “Influence of a nonlinear lens on the stability of steady-state laser emission,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 45–52 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 230–235 (1972)].

V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskii, “Influence of the gain profile on the laser dynamics,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 51–56 (1973) [Sov. J. Quantum Elektron. 3, 208–210 (1973)].

V. I. Logvinov and V. A. Tsar’kov, “Investigation of spatial and spectral distributions of spontaneous radiation emitted by a xenon-helium optical amplifier,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 3, 50–54 (1976) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 6, 26–29 (1976)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of intensity pulsations on the stimulated emission spectrum of a semiconductor laser,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 102–107 (1974) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 4, 55–57 (1974)].

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in nonlinear bistable interferometers. III. Dependence of the beam profile on the Fresnel number,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 10, 2355–2358 (1983) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 13, 1534–1536 (1984)].

O. O. Kilichev, “Characteristics of the behavior of nonlinear resonator modes,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 13, 1560–1565 (1986) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 16, 1019–1023 (1986)].

R. G. Allakhverdyan, V. N. Morozov, A. N. Oraevskii, and A. F. Suchkov, “Influence of the refractive index nonlinearity on the dynamics of emission from semiconductor lasers,” Kvantovaya Elektron. 1, 53–59 (1971) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 1, 600–605 (1972)].

Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) (8)

M. G. Galushkin, L. V. Koval’chuk, A. Yu. Rodionov, A. M. Seregin, N. D. Ustinov, and N. V. Cheburkin, “Self interaction of radiation in a CO2 laser resonator,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 868–871 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 570–572 (1985)].

V. S. Golubev and F. V. Lebedev, “Stability of the emission from fast flow gas discharge industrial CO2lasers (review),” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 12, 663–671 (1985) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 15, 437–442 (1985).

M. A. Gubin, K. Y. Kozin, I. P. Konovalov, V. V. Nikitin, V. N. Petrovskii, E. D. Protsenko, and A. N. Rurukin, “Investigation of the mode competition in a He–Ne/CH4laser with independent variation of the mode spacing and spatial shift,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 1172–1179 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 739–743 (1982)].

M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Suppression of small-scale self-focusing in diverging beams,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 164–166 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 104–106 (1988)].

A. Yu. Okulov and A. N. Oraevskii, “Compensation of self-focussing distortions in quasiresonant amplification of a light pulse,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 369–376 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 233–237 (1988)].

M. V. Pyatakhin and A. F. Suchkov, “Methods for control of the radiation under diffraction,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 15, 288–292 (1988) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 18, 183–185 (1988)]; “Small-scale two-dimensional self-focusing,” Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 299, 868–870 (1988) [Sov. Phys. Dokl. 33, 263–266 (1988)].

N. N. Rosanov, V. E. Semenov, and G. V. Khodova, “Transverse structure of a field in a nonlinear interferometer: I. Switching waves and steady-state profiles,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 9, 354–360 (1982) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 12, 193–197 (1982)].

V. E. Kuzin and A. F. Suchkov, “Operation of a laser with a planar resonator at high pumping levels,” Kvantovaya Elektron. (Moscow) 3, 53–58 (1972) [Sov. J. Quantum Electron. 2, 236–239 (1972)].

Opt. Acta (1)

V. S. Idiatulin and A. V. Uspenskiy, “Non-uniform population inversion effects in the dynamics of a single-mode solid-state laser,” Opt. Acta 21, 773 (1974).
[CrossRef]

Opt. Commun. (22)

P. Coullet, L. Gil, and F. Rocca, “Optical vortices,” Opt. Commun. 73, 403–408 (1989).
[CrossRef]

G. Grynberg and P. Verkerk, “Collision-aided self-focusing and self-defocusing in sodium vapor,” Opt. Commun. 61, 296–298 (1987).
[CrossRef]

H. Richardson, E. Abraham, and W. J. Firth, “Modelling of cross talk in 2-D bistable arrays with carrier diffusion,” Opt. Commun. 63, 199–204 (1987).
[CrossRef]

L. W. Casperson and S. J. Sheldrake, “Beam deflection and isolation in laser amplifiers,” Opt. Commun. 12, 349–353 (1974).
[CrossRef]

G. Grynberg, “Mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in atomic vapors,” Opt. Commun. 66, 321–324 (1988).
[CrossRef]

R. Hauck, F. Hollinger, and H. Weber, “Chaotic and periodic emission on high power solid state lasers,” Opt. Commun. 47, 141–145 (1983).
[CrossRef]

C. O. Weiss and H. King, “Oscillation period doubling chaos in a laser,” Opt. Commun. 44, 59–61 (1982).
[CrossRef]

C. P. Wang and R. L. Varwig, “Competition of longitudinal and transverse modes in a cw HF chemical laser,” Opt. Commun. 34, 103–107 (1980).
[CrossRef]

F. Hollinger, Chr. Jung, and H. Weber, “Quasiperiodicity versus chaos in high power solid state lasers in multitransversal mode operation,” Opt. Commun. 75, 84–92 (1990).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and D. K. Bandy, “Spontaneous spatial pattern formation in lasers and cooperative frequency locking,” Opt. Commun. 68, 63–68 (1988).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, and G.-L. Oppo, “Spontaneous breaking of the cylindrical symmetry in lasers,” Opt. Commun. 69, 387–392 (1989).
[CrossRef]

M. L. Shih and P. W. Milonni, “Coupled two-mode lasing,” Opt. Commun. 49, 155–160 (1984).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Disappearance of laser instabilities in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 46, 57–60 (1983); L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities in passive and active systems with a Gaussian transverse intensity profile,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1366–1376 (1984).
[CrossRef]

G. Grynberg, E. Le Bihan, P. Verkerk, P. Simoneau, J. R. R. Leite, D. Bloch, S. Le Boiteux, and M. Ducloy, “Observation of Instabilities due to mirrorless four-wave mixing oscillation in sodium,” Opt. Commun. 67, 363–366 (1988).
[CrossRef]

R. J. Ballagh, J. Cooper, M. W. Hamilton, W. J. Sandle, and D. M. Warrington, “Optical bistability in a Gaussian cavity mode,” Opt. Commun. 37, 143–148 (1981); E. Arimondo, A. Gozzini, F. Lovitch, and E. Pistelli, “Microwave dispersive bistability in a confocal Fabry–Perot microwave cavity,” in Optical Bistability, C. M. Bowden, M. Ciftan, and H. R. Robl, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1981), pp. 151–171; P. D. Drummond, “Optical bistability in a radially varying mode,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-17, 301–306 (1981); L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Effects of the radial variation of the electric field on some instabilities in optical bistability and lasers,” in Optical Bistability II, C. M. Bowden, H. M. Gibbs, and S. L. McCall, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1984), pp. 397–405.
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Theory of Gaussian-beam optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 40, 233–238 (1982).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, M. R. Belic, and H. M. Gibbs, “Calculation of transverse effects in optical bistability using fast Fourier transform techniques,” Opt. Commun. 41, 379–382 (1982).
[CrossRef]

N. N. Rosanov and V. E. Semenov, “The kinetics of the hysteresis change of the beam-profile in nonlinear interferometers,” Opt. Commun. 38, 435–438 (1981).
[CrossRef]

K. Ikeda, “Multiple-valued stationary state and its instability of the transmitted light by a ring cavity system,” Opt. Commun. 30, 257–261 (1979).
[CrossRef]

J. Y. Gao, J. M. Yuan, and L. M. Narducci, “Instabilities and chaotic behavior in a hybrid bistable system with a short delay,” Opt. Commun. 44, 201–206 (1983); J. Y. Gao, L. M. Narducci, H. Sadiky, M. Squicciarini, and J. M. Yuan, “Higher order bifurcations in a bistable system with delay,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 901–905 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Y. A. Rzhanov and Yu. D. Kalafati, “Spatial structure multistability in an array of optically bistable elements,” Opt. Commun. 70, 161–165 (1989).
[CrossRef]

D. Weaire, J. P. Kermode, and V. M. Dwyer, “The role of diffraction in dispersive optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 55, 223–228 (1985).
[CrossRef]

Opt. Lett. (2)

Opt. Photon. News (1)

D. A. B. Miller, “Optoelectronic applications of quantum wells,” Opt. Photon. News 1 (1), 7–15 (1990); “Multiple quantum well nonlinearities: bistability from increasing absorption and the self electro-optic device,” Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 239–244 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Opt. Quantum Electron. (4)

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Static and dynamic bifurcations in semiconductor lasers for device applications,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 19, S113–S119 (1987).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Switching frequency for transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 15, 497–506 (1983).
[CrossRef]

K. A. Shore, “Static and dynamic bifurcations in semiconductor lasers for device applications,” Opt. Quantum Electron. 19, S113–S119 (1987).
[CrossRef]

Opt. Spektrosk. (4)

I. P. Mazanko, M. I. Molchanov, N.-D. D. Ogurok, and M. V. Sviridov, “Gain distribution measurement in He–Ne laser tubes,” Opt. Spektrosk. 30, 927–931 (1971) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 30, 495–497 (1971)].

Y. V. Troitskii and V. P. Chebotaev, “Distribution of population inversion across an He–Ne discharge,” Opt. Spektrosk. 20, 362–364 (1966) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 20, 199–200 (1966)].

V. A. Tsarkov and M. L. Molchanov, “Measurement of gain distribution in the tube of a helium-neon laser (λ = 0.63 μ m) under high frequency excitation,” Opt. Spektrosk. 35, 328–329 (1973) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 35, 191 (1973)].

N. N. Rosanov, “Switching waves in a bistable interferometer with inertial nonlinearity,” Opt. Spektrosk. 55, 1081–1084 (1983) [Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR) 55, 658–659 (1983)].

Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A (1)

L. A. Lugiato, R. J. Horowicz, G. Strini, and L. M. Narducci, “Transverse effects and noise in optical instabilities,” Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London Ser. A 313, 291–297 (1984).
[CrossRef]

Phys. Fluids B (1)

C. J. McKinstre and R. Binghamton, “Modulational instability of coupled waves,” Phys. Fluids B 1, 230–237 (1989).
[CrossRef]

Phys. Lett. A (3)

C. K. R. T. Jones and J. V. Moloney, “Instability of standing waves in nonlinear waveguides,” Phys. Lett. A 117A, 175–180 (1986).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, “Optically bistable arrays and chaotic dynamics,” Phys. Lett. A 125, 375–379 (1987).
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth and E. M. Wright, “Oscillations and chaos in a Fabry–Perot bistable cavity with a Gaussian input beam,” Phys. Lett. A 92, 211–216 (1982).
[CrossRef]

Phys. Rev. (1)

W. R. Bennett, “Hole-burning effects in a He–Ne optical maser,” Phys. Rev. 126, 580–593 (1962).
[CrossRef]

Phys. Rev. A (14)

W. Klische, C. O. Weiss, and B. Wellegehausen, “Spatiotemporal chaos from a continuous Na2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 919–922 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. V. Moloney, F. A. Hopf, and H. M. Gibbs, “Effect of transverse beam variation on bifurcations in an intrinsic bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 3442–3445 (1982).
[CrossRef]

S. C. Sheng and A. E. Siegman, “Nonlinear optical calculations using fast transform methods: second harmonic generation with depletion and diffraction,” Phys. Rev. A 21, 599–606 (1980).
[CrossRef]

D. J. Harter and R. W. Boyd, “Four-wave mixing resonantly enhanced by ac-Stark-split levels in self-trapped filaments of light,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 739–748 (1984).
[CrossRef]

E. M. Wright, G. I. Stegeman, C. T. Seaton, J. V. Moloney, and A. D. Boardman, “Multisoliton emission from a nonlinear waveguide,” Phys. Rev. A 34, 4442–4444 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

B. Ségard, B. Macke, L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, and M. Brambilla, “Multimode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 703–722 (1989); B. Ségard, W. Sergent, B. Macke, and N. B. Abraham, “Second side-mode instability in optical bistability with a two-level homogeneously broadened medium,” Phys. Rev. A. 39, 6029–6032 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

D. A. Holm, M. Sargent, and L. M. Hoffer, “Quantum theory of multiwave mixing. III. Averages over inhomogeneous broadening, spatial hole-burning, and Gaussian beams,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 963–973 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, F. T. Arecchi, and J. R. Tredicce, “Evidence that transverse effects cause an instability in a single-mode CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 3978–3981 (1987); G. L. Lippi, N. B. Abraham, G. P. Puccioni, J. R. Tredicce, L. M. Narducci, and F. T. Arecchi, “Spontaneous oscillations in a single mode CO2 laser in a Fabry–Perot cavity,” in Optical Chaos, J. Chrostowski and N. B. Abraham, eds., Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng.667, 41–46 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

G. Stephan and M. Trumper, “Inhomogeneity effects in a gas laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2344–2362 (1983); S. Asami, H. Gamo, and T. Tako, “Asymmetrical Lamb dip in a high-gain 3.5 μ m xenon laser. I. Experimental,” Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 22, 88–93 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Chr. Tamm, “Frequency locking of two transverse optical modes of a laser,” Phys. Rev. A 38, 5960–5963 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Lugiato, F. Prati, L. M. Narducci, P. Ru, J. R. Tredicce, and D. K. Bandy, “Role of transverse effects in laser instabilities,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3847–3866 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

C. O. Weiss, A. Godone, and A. Olafsson, “Routes to chaotic emission in a cw He–Ne laser,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 892–895 (1983).
[CrossRef]

D. J. Biswas and R. G. Harrison, “Experimental evidence of three-mode quasiperiodicity and chaos in a single longitudinal, multi-transverse-mode cw CO2laser,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 3835–3837 (1985); “Observation of pulsating instabilities and chaos in a transversely excited atmospheric pressure CO2laser,” Opt. Commun. 57, 193–195 (1986).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

N. J. Halas, S. N. Liu, and N. B. Abraham, “Route to mode locking in a three-mode He–Ne 3.39-μ m laser including chaos in the secondary beat frequency,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 2915–2920 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Phys. Rev. A. (1)

A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Orozco, and H. J. Kimble, “Observa tion of absorptive bistability with two-level atoms in a ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. A. 28, 2569–2572 (1983); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, and A. T. Rosenberger, “Quantitative test of the single-mode theory of optical bistability,” Opt. Commun. 62, 54–60 (1987); L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Optical bistability in the mixed absorptive-dispersive regime with two-state atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 3248–3252 (1988).
[CrossRef]

Phys. Rev. Lett. (12)

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “Solitary waves as fixed points of infinite-dimensional maps in an optically bistable ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 51, 75–78 (1983).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, S. L. McCall, and T. N. C. Venkatesan, “Differential gain and bistability using a sodium-filled Fabry–Perot interferometer,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 36, 1135–1138 (1976).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, B. Bolger, F. P. Mattar, M. C. Newstein, G. Forster, and P. E. Toschek, “Coherent on-resonance self-focusing of optical pulses in absorbers,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 37, 1743–1746 (1976).
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and R. Lefever, “Spatial dissipative structures in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 58, 2209–2211 (1987); L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. Sartirana, W. Kaige, L. M. Narducci, G.-L. Oppo, F. Prati, and G. Broggi, “Spatial symmetry breaking in optical systems,” in Neural and Synergetic Computers, H. Haken, ed. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1988), pp. 242–251; L. A. Lugiato, C. Oldano, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Instabilities in passive optical systems: temporal and spatial patterns,” in Instabilities and Chaos in Quantum Optics II, N. B. Abraham, F. T. Arecchi, and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1988), pp. 231–245.
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. V. Moloney and H. M. Gibbs, “Role of diffractive coupling and self-focusing or defocusing in the dynamical switching of a bistable optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 1607–1610 (1982).
[CrossRef]

D. W. McLaughlin, J. V. Moloney, and A. C. Newell, “New class of instabilities in passive optical systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 681–684 (1985).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

W. J. Firth, “Optical memory and spatial chaos,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 329–332 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and H. M. Gibbs, “High dimension chaotic attractors of a nonlinear ring cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 274–277 (1986); M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, H. M. Gibbs, D. L. Kaplan, and M. H. Rose, “Conjecture on the dimensions of chaotic attractors of delayed feedback dynamical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 4020–4022 (1987).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

J. R. Tredicce, E. J. Quel, A. M. Ghazzawi, C. Green, and M. A. Pernigo, “Spatial and temporal instabilities in a CO2 laser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 62, 1274–1277 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

L. A. Orozco, A. T. Rosenberger, and H. J. Kimble, “Intrinsic dynamical instability in optical bistability with two-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 53, 2547–2550 (1984); L. A. Orozco, H. J. Kimble, A. T. Rosenberger, L. A. Lugiato, M. L. Asquini, M. Brambilla, and L. M. Narducci, “Single-mode instability in optical bistability,” Phys. Rev. A 39, 1235–1252 (1989).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

C. J. McKinstrie and D. A. Russe, “Nonlinear focusing of coupled waves,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 2929–2932 (1988).
[CrossRef] [PubMed]

Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. (2)

A. L. Mikaeljan, V. F. Kuprishov, Yu. G. Turkov, Yu. V. Andreev, and A. A. Shcherbakova, Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 11, 244–246 (1970) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 11, 155–157 (1970)].

S. Akhmanov, M. A. Vorontsov, and V. V. Ivanov, “Large-scale transverse nonlinear interactions in laser beams; new types of nonlinear waves; onset of ‘Optical turbulence,’ ” Pis’ma Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 47, 611–614 (1988) [Sov. Phys. JETP Lett. 47, 707–711 (1988)].

Proc. IEEE (2)

C. M. Stickley, “Observation of beats between transverse modes in Ruby lasers,” Proc. IEEE 51, 848–849 (1963).
[CrossRef]

K. I. Kohiyama, T. Fukioka, and M. Kobayashi, “Self-locking of transverse higher-order modes in a He–Ne laser,” Proc. IEEE 56, 333–335 (1968).
[CrossRef]

Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. (5)

K. A. Shore and T. E. Rozzi, “Stability analysis of transverse modes in stripe-geometry injection lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 128, 154–159 (1981).

K. A. Shore, “Optical and electronic control of Hopf bifurcation in twin-stripe semiconductor lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 134, 51–54 (1987).

K. A. Shore, “Optical limiter action in twin-stripe-geometry lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 129, 297–300 (1982).

K. A. Shore, “Optical and electronic control of Hopf bifurcation in twin-stripe semiconductor lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 134, 51–54 (1987).

K. A. Shore, “Optical limiter action in twin-stripe-geometry lasers,” Proc. Inst. Electr. Eng. 129, 297–300 (1982).

Prog. Quantum Electron. (2)

Y. R. Shen, “Self-focusing: experimental,” Prog. Quantum Electron. 4, 1–34 (1975).
[CrossRef]

J. H. Marburger, “Self-focusing: theory,” Prog. Quantum Electron. 4, 35–110 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Radiotek. Elektron. (1)

M. I. Molchanov, “The radial population inversion distribution in a He–Ne discharge for λ = .63μ m,” Radiotek. Elektron. 15, 1544–1546 (1970) [Sov. Phys. Radio Eng. Electron. Phys. 15, 1338–1340 (1970)].

Solid State Electron. Dev. (1)

B. S. Poh, T. E. Rozzi, and C. H. Velzel, “Single- and dual-filament self-sustained oscillations in DH injection lasers,” Solid State Electron. Dev. 3, 233–241 (1979).

Tr. Fiz. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR (1)

A. F. Suchkov, “Electrodynamics of a laser with an open resonator and active medium inhomogeneities,” Tr. Fiz. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR 53, 161 (1968).

Z. Phys. (1)

H. Haken, “Theory of intensity and phase fluctuations of a homogeneously broadened laser,” Z. Phys. 190, 327–356 (1966); H. Risken, C. Schmid, and W. Weidlich, “Fokker-Planck equation, distribution and correlation functions for laser noise,” Z. Phys. 194, 337–359 (1966); E. N. Lorenz, “Deterministic nonperiodic flow,” J. Atmos. Sci. 20, 130 (1963); H. Haken, “Analogy between higher instabilities in fluids and lasers,” Phys. Lett. 53A, 77–78 (1975).
[CrossRef]

Z. Phys. B (1)

L. A. Lugiato and M. Milani, “Transverse effects and self-pulsing in optical bistability,” Z. Phys. B 50, 171–179 (1983).
[CrossRef]

Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. (8)

V. E. Zakharov and A. B. Shabat, “Exact theory of two-dimensional self-focusing and one-dimensional self-modulation of waves in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 61, 118–134 (1972) [Soviet Phys. JETP 34, 62–69 (1972)].

N. G. Basov, V. N. Morozov, and A. N. Oraevskii, “Nonlinear mode interactions in lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 895–904 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 622–628 (1966)].

A. F. Suchkov, “Effect of inhomogeneities on the operation regime of solid-state lasers,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 49, 1495–1503 (1965) [Sov. Phys. JETP 22, 1026–1031 (1966)].

N. N. Rosanov, “Hysteresis phenomena in distributed optical systems,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 80, 96–108 (1981) [Sov. Phys. JETP 53, 47–53 (1981)].

I. M. Belousova, G. N. Vinokurov, O. B. Danilov, and N. N. Rozanov, “Mode interaction in a Gas laser with spherical mirror resonators,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 1146–1156 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 761–767 (1967)].

V. E. Zakharov, V. V. Sobolev, and V. C. Synakh, “Behavior of light beams in nonlinear media,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 60, 136–145 (1971) [Sov. Phys. JETP 33, 77–81 (1971)].

V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Generation dynamics of a giant coherent light pulse,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 50, 1148–1155 (1966) [Sov. Phys. JETP 23, 763–767 (1966)].

V. S. Letokhov and A. F. Suchkov, “Dynamics of generation of giant coherent light pulses. II.,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 52, 282–292 (1967) [Sov. Phys. JETP 25, 182–188 (1967)].

Zh. Prikl. Spektrosk. (1)

V. L. Broude, V. V. Zaika, V. I. Kravchenko, and M. S. Soskin, “Operation of the ruby laser with tilted mirrors,” Zh. Prikl. Spektrosk. 3, 225–229 (1965) [Sov. Phys. J. Appl. Spectrosc. 3, 162–165 (1965)].

Other (43)

P. Coullet, “Defect-induced spatiotemporal chaos,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 367–374.

G.-L. Oppo, M. A. Pernigo, L. M. Narducci, and L. A. Lugiato, “Characterization of spatiotemporal structures in lasers: a progress report,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 395–404.

A. Z. Grasiuk and A. N. Oraevskiy, “The dynamics of quantum oscillators,” in Quantum Electronics and Coherent Light, P. A. Miles, ed. (Academic, New York, 1964), pp. 192–198; “Transient processes in molecular oscillators,” Radiotek, Elektron. 9, 524–532 (1964) [Rad. Eng. Electron. Phys. (USSR) 9, 424–430 (1963)]; A. V. Uspenskiy, “Pulsed operation mode in a two-level system,” Radiotek. Elektron. 8, 1165–1168 [Sov. Phys. Rad. Eng. Electron. Phys. 8, 1145–1148 (1963)]; V. V. Korobkin and A. V. Uspenskiy, “On the theory of the pulsations in the output of the ruby laser,” Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 45, 1003–1008 (1963) [Sov. Phys. JETP 18, 693–697 (1964)].

A. Kostyuchenko, V. Kuznetsov, S. Federov, and M. Yur’ev, “Transverse profile instability of the laser beam in a pulsed excimer laser active medium,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.

R. Lefever, L. A. Lugiato, W. Kaige, N. B. Abraham, and P. Mandel, “Kuramoto-Sivashinski equation for the laser,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems,” L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 171–186; “Phase dynamics of transverse diffraction patterns in the laser,” Phys. Lett. A 135, 254–268 (1989).

L.-G. Zhang, N.-P. Chen, and E.-X. Ba, “Effects of light feedback on CO2laser instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.

M. Haelterman, G. Vitrant, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. I: Modal theory,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

G. Vitrant, M. Haelterman, and R. Reinisch, “Transverse effects in nonlinear planar resonators. II. Modal analysis for normal and oblique incidence,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

L. A. Rivlin, Dynamics of Radiation of Semiconductor Quantum Oscillators (Soviet Radio Publishers, Moscow, 1976) (in Russian).

N. B. Abraham, T. Chyba, M. Coleman, R. S. Gioggia, N. J. Halas, L. M. Hoffer, S.-N. Liu, M. Maeda, and J. C. Wesson, “Experimental evidence for self-pulsing and chaos in cw-excited lasers,” in Laser Physics, J. D. Harvey and D. F. Walls, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983), pp. 107–131.
[CrossRef]

L. A. Melnikov, S. Tatarkova, and G. N. Tatarkov, “Nonlinear dynamics of beam parameters and intensity in a unidirectional ring laser with a homogeneously broadened line,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

Chr. Tamm and C. O. Weiss, “Spontaneous breaking of cylindrical symmetry in an optically pumped laser,” Opt. Commun. (to be published).

Chr. Tamm, “Detecting the ‘hidden’ bistability of the optical phase pattern,” in Measures of Complexity and Chaos, N. B. Abraham, A. M. Albano, A. Passamante, and P. E. Rapp, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990), pp. 465–468.

N. Vyssotina, N. Rosanov, and V. Smirnov, “Instability of guided-wave transverse structure in layered nonlinear systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

D. Brady and D. Psaltis, “Perceptron learning in optical neural computers,” in Optical Computing, B. S. Wherrett and F. A. P. Tooley, eds. (SUSSP Publications, Edinburgh, 1989).

N. B. Abraham, P. Mandel, and L. M. Narducci, “Dynamical instabilities and pulsations in lasers,” in Progress in Optics, E. Wolf, ed. (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1988), Vol. XXV, pp. 1–199 (see especially pp. 20–21); Ya. I. Khanin, Dynamics of Quantum Oscillators (Sovetskoye Radio, Moscow, 1975) (in Russian; version in translation to be published by North-Holland).
[CrossRef]

J. Pender and L. Hesselink, “Degenerate conical emissions in atomic-sodium vapor,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

K. Hayata, A. Misawa, and M. Koshiba, “Spatial polarization instabilities due to transverse effects in nonlinear guided-wave systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, A. Fitzgerald, and C. Paré, “Transverse modulational instabilities in Kerr media,” in Coherence and Quantum Optics VI, J. Eberly, L. Mandel, and E. Wolf, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1990).

I. Golub and R. Tremblay, “Light focusing and guiding by an axicon-pair-generated tubular light beam,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, “Transverse effects in nonlinear optics,” in Instabilities and Chaos in Quantum Optics II, N. B. Abraham, F. T. Arecchi, and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Plenum, New York, 1988), pp. 193–218.
[CrossRef]

P. B. Corkum and C. Rolland, “Self-focusing and continuum generation in gases,” in The Supercontinuum Laser Source, R. R. Alfano, ed. (Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989), pp. 318–336.
[CrossRef]

L. A. Lugiato and L. M. Narducci, “Single- and multi-mode instabilities in quantum optical systems,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 34–45; “Single-mode and multimode instabilities in lasers and related optical systems,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 1576–1587 (1985).
[PubMed]

G. Khitrova, J. F. Valley, and H. M. Gibbs, “Gain/feedback approach to optical instabilities in sodium vapor,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloque C2, 483–488 (1988).

A. Yariv and P. Yeh, Optical Waves in Crystals (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1984).

J. F. Valley, G. Khitrova, H. M. Gibbs, J. W. Grantham, and Xu Jiajin, “Cw conical emission: first comparison and agreement between theory and experiment,” submitted to Phys. Rev. Lett.

M. Le Berre, E. Ressayre, A. Tallet, and J.-J. Zondy, “Linear analysis of single-feedback mirror spatiotemporal instabilities,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

F. P. Mattar, “The Raman solitons,” in Advances in Laser Science II, AIP Conf. Proc.160, 422–429 (1987); see also “Self-action instabilities in the simultaneous propagation of short different-wavelength pulses in three-level absorbers,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 343–345.

M. D. Duncan, R. Mahon, L. L. Tankersley, and J. Reintjes, “Control of transverse spatial modes in transient stimulated Raman amplification,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

R. A. Fisher, ed., Optical Phase Conjugation (Academic, New York, 1983); B. T. Zel’dovich, N. F. Pipiletsky, and V. V. Shkunov, Principles of Phase Conjugation (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1985).
[CrossRef]

H. M. Gibbs, Optical Bistability—Controlling Light with Light (Academic, New York, 1985).

L. A. Lugiato, “Optical bistability,” in Progress in Optics, E. Wolf, ed. (North Holland, Amsterdam, 1984), Vol. 21, pp. 69–216.
[CrossRef]

J. V. Moloney, H. Adachihara, D. W. McLaughlin, and A. C. Newell, “Fixed points and chaotic dynamics of an infinite dimensional map,” in Chaos, Noise and Fractals, E. D. R. Pike and L. A. Lugiato, eds. (Hilger, Bristol, UK, 1987), p. 137.

J. V. Moloney, “Modulational instabilities in passive optical resonators,” in Optical Instabilities, R. W. Boyd, M. G. Raymer, and L. M. Narducci, eds. (Cambridge U. Press, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 315–318.

N. Rosanov, A. Federov, and V. Shashkin, “Formation and dynamics of spatial structures in increasing absorption bistable schemes,” submitted to J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.

E. Abraham, C. Godsalve, and B. S. Wherrett, “Operation characteristics of pixellated nonlinear interference filters,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 43–46 (1988).

A. K. Kar, R. M. Harris, G. S. Buller, S. D. Smith, and A. C. Walker, “Pixellation of opto-thermal bistable devices for switch power and crosstalk reduction,” in Optical Bistability IV, W. J. Firth, N. Peyghambarian, and A. Tallet, eds., J. Phys. (Paris)49, Colloq. C2, 443–446 (1988).

L. A. Lugiato, L. M. Narducci, and R. Lefever, “Optical Bistability and Lasers,” in Lasers and Synergetics, R. Graham and A. Wunderlin, eds. (Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1987), pp. 53–71.
[CrossRef]

R. F. Rodríguez, M. San Miguel, and M. Aguado, “Fluctuations and symmetry restoring in the Turing optical instability,” in Dynamics of Non-Linear Optical Systems, L. Pesquera and F. J. Bermejo, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 1989), pp. 262–267.

G. S. McDonald and W. J. Firth, “Spatial solitary-wave optical memory,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

J. Moloney, H. Adachihara, R. Indik, R. Northcutt, D. McLaughlin, and A. Newell, “Modulational induced optical pattern formation in a passive optical feedback system,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B.7 (1990), to be published.
[CrossRef]

W. J. Firth, I. Galbraith, and E. M. Wright, “Diffusion effects in bistable optical arrays,” in Optical Bistability III, H. M. Gibbs, P. Mandel, N. Peyghambarian, and S. D. Smith, eds. (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986), pp. 197–201.

A. V. Grigor’yants and I. N. Dyuzhikhov, “Multiple-order spatial hysteresis and radial variation of output in an indium antimonide bistable cavity,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B7 (1990), to be published.

Cited By

OSA participates in CrossRef's Cited-By Linking service. Citing articles from OSA journals and other participating publishers are listed here.

Alert me when this article is cited.


Metrics